]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/target.def
MIPS: Handle -mbranch-likely in testsuite options
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
CommitLineData
38f8b050 1/* Target hook definitions.
818ab71a 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
acce4e77
JM
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
38f8b050 25
acce4e77
JM
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
38f8b050 28
acce4e77 29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
38f8b050
JR
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
673c2f63
JM
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
38f8b050
JR
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
673c2f63
JM
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60\n\
61The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
38f8b050
JR
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
ad0c4c36
DD
68/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70DEFHOOK
71(label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73@code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80DEFHOOK
81(loop_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83@var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84defined.",
9158a0d8 85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90DEFHOOK
91(label_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94is defined.",
9158a0d8 95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100DEFHOOK
101(jump_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103@code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
38f8b050
JR
108/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113DEFHOOK
114(integer,
673c2f63
JM
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121\n\
122The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
38f8b050
JR
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
dc2af904
BS
130/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132DEFHOOK
133(decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
38f8b050
JR
139/* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140DEFHOOK
141(globalize_label,
673c2f63
JM
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145\n\
146The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
38f8b050
JR
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151/* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152DEFHOOK
153(globalize_decl_name,
673c2f63
JM
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157\n\
158The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
0d4b5b86
BS
161/* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162DEFHOOK
163(assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
38f8b050
JR
171/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176DEFHOOK
177(emit_unwind_label,
673c2f63
JM
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185\n\
186The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
38f8b050
JR
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191DEFHOOK
192(emit_except_table_label,
673c2f63
JM
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195to be broken up according to function.\n\
196\n\
197The default is that no label is emitted.",
38f8b050
JR
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
a68b5e52
RH
201/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202DEFHOOK
203(emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
38f8b050
JR
210/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211DEFHOOK
212(unwind_emit,
673c2f63
JM
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
ac44248e 216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
2784ed9c 217 NULL)
38f8b050 218
3bc6b3e6
RH
219DEFHOOKPOD
220(unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
4ee3b013
JR
226/* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229(generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
38f8b050
JR
234/* Output an internal label. */
235DEFHOOK
236(internal_label,
673c2f63
JM
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239\n\
240It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243\n\
244It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249\n\
250The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
38f8b050
JR
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254/* Output label for the constant. */
ad78130c 255DEFHOOK
38f8b050 256(declare_constant_name,
673c2f63
JM
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260@code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262will be an internal label.\n\
263\n\
264The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266\n\
267You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
ad78130c 268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
38f8b050
JR
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272DEFHOOK
273(ttype,
673c2f63
JM
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
38f8b050
JR
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283DEFHOOK
284(assemble_visibility,
673c2f63
JM
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
38f8b050
JR
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
292DEFHOOK
293(function_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
294 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
295function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
296initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
297saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
298local variables. @var{size} is an integer. @var{file} is a stdio\n\
299stream to which the assembler code should be output.\n\
300\n\
301The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
302macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
303\n\
304@findex regs_ever_live\n\
305To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
306@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
307@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
308prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
309call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
310@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
311\n\
312On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
313not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
314they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
315appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
316registers are used in the function.\n\
317\n\
318@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
319On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
320function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
321pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
322frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
323@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
324time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
325\n\
326The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
327required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
328listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
329order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
330stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
331the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
332for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
333compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
334or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
335need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
38f8b050
JR
336 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
337 default_function_pro_epilogue)
338
339/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
340DEFHOOK
341(function_end_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
342 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
343prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
344emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
345emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
346 void, (FILE *file),
347 no_asm_to_stream)
348
349/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
350DEFHOOK
351(function_begin_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
352 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
353epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
354emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
355emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
356 void, (FILE *file),
357 no_asm_to_stream)
358
359/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
360DEFHOOK
361(function_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
362 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
363function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
364registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
365called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
366same arguments as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
367registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
368@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
369\n\
370On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
371of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
372instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
373@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
374\n\
375Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
376@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
377switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
378define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
379target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
380condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
381\n\
382On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
383function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
384two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
385is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
386@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
387a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
388\n\
389Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
390@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
391The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
392function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
393\n\
394On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
395others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
396given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
397number of arguments.\n\
398\n\
399@findex pops_args\n\
400@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
401Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
402functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
403needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
404function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
405@code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
38f8b050
JR
406 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
407 default_function_pro_epilogue)
408
409/* Initialize target-specific sections. */
410DEFHOOK
411(init_sections,
673c2f63
JM
412 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
413@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
414of its own that you need to create.\n\
415\n\
416GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
417any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
418described below.",
38f8b050
JR
419 void, (void),
420 hook_void_void)
421
422/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
423 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
424 which this section is associated. */
425DEFHOOK
426(named_section,
673c2f63
JM
427 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
428should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
429of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
430is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
431this section is associated.",
38f8b050
JR
432 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
433 default_no_named_section)
434
0ee70cc0
AV
435/* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
436 declaration, using their numerical value. */
437DEFHOOK
438(elf_flags_numeric,
439 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
440code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
441@code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
442emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
443numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
759a6472
AV
444@var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
445normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
446returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
447is emitted.",
0ee70cc0 448 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
bf072854 449 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
0ee70cc0 450
f16d3f39
JH
451/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
452 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
453 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
454 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
455 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
456 (from static destructors).
457 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
458DEFHOOK
459(function_section,
673c2f63
JM
460 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
461Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
462functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
463at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
464@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
465(from static destructors).\n\
466Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
f16d3f39
JH
467 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
468 default_function_section)
469
14d11d40
IS
470/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
471DEFHOOK
472(function_switched_text_sections,
473 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
474 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
475 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
476 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
477 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
478 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
479 default_function_switched_text_sections)
480
38f8b050
JR
481/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
482 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
483 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
484 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
485DEFHOOK
486(reloc_rw_mask,
673c2f63
JM
487 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
488selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
489should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
490local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
491\n\
492The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
493is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
494when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
495in read-only sections even in executables.",
38f8b050
JR
496 int, (void),
497 default_reloc_rw_mask)
498
499 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
500 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
501 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
502 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
503DEFHOOK
504(select_section,
673c2f63
JM
505 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
506assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
507some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
508requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
509local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
510@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
511\n\
512The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
513variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
514\n\
515See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
38f8b050
JR
516 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
517 default_select_section)
518
519/* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
520 alignment in bits. */
521DEFHOOK
522(select_rtx_section,
673c2f63
JM
523 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
524should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
525constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
526case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
527in bits.\n\
528\n\
529The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
530constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
531else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
ef4bddc2 532 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
38f8b050
JR
533 default_select_rtx_section)
534
535/* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
536 for SELECT_SECTION. */
537DEFHOOK
538(unique_section,
673c2f63
JM
539 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
540and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
541As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
542the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
543\n\
544The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
545ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
546example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
547Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
38f8b050
JR
548 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
549 default_unique_section)
550
551/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
552DEFHOOK
553(function_rodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
554 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
555@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
556The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
557the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
558if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
559otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
560 section *, (tree decl),
561 default_function_rodata_section)
562
727a65e6
BS
563/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
564 for mergeable data sections. */
565DEFHOOKPOD
566(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
567 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
568section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
569the string if a different section name should be used.",
570 const char *, ".rodata")
571
50b0b78a
IS
572/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
573DEFHOOK
574(tm_clone_table_section,
575 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
576 tables.",
577 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
578
38f8b050
JR
579/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
580DEFHOOK
581(constructor,
673c2f63
JM
582 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
583the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
584\n\
585Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
586no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
587priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
588otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
589\n\
590If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
591be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
592target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
593is not defined.",
38f8b050
JR
594 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
595
596/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
597DEFHOOK
598(destructor,
673c2f63
JM
599 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
600functions rather than initialization functions.",
38f8b050
JR
601 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
602
603/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
604 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
605 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
606 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
607 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
608DEFHOOK
609(output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
610 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
611function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
612inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
613adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
614the real function.\n\
615\n\
616First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
617contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
618contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
619in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
620e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
621all other incoming arguments.\n\
622\n\
623Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
624made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
625adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
626\n\
627@smallexample\n\
628p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
629@end smallexample\n\
630\n\
631After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
632@code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
633not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
634return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
635\n\
636The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
637the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
638of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
639and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
640\n\
641The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
642have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
643some targets, but probably not.\n\
644\n\
645If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
646front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
647@var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
648not support varargs.",
38f8b050
JR
649 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
650 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
651 NULL)
652
653/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
654/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
655 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
656 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
657 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
658 text to the output file. */
659DEFHOOK
660(can_output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
661 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
662to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
663arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
664generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
665previously exposed.",
38f8b050
JR
666 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
667 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
668 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
669
670/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
671 translation unit. */
672DEFHOOK
673(file_start,
673c2f63
JM
674 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
675find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
676by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
677quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
678@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
679lets other target files rely on these variables.",
38f8b050
JR
680 void, (void),
681 default_file_start)
682
683/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
684DEFHOOK
685(file_end,
673c2f63
JM
686 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
687to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
688 void, (void),
689 hook_void_void)
690
691/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
692 LTO output stream. */
693DEFHOOK
694(lto_start,
673c2f63
JM
695 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
696to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
697nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
698 void, (void),
699 hook_void_void)
700
701/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
702 LTO output stream. */
703DEFHOOK
704(lto_end,
673c2f63
JM
705 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
706to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
707nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
708 void, (void),
709 hook_void_void)
710
711/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
712 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
713DEFHOOK
714(code_end,
673c2f63
JM
715 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
716unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
717here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
718because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
719nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
720 void, (void),
721 hook_void_void)
722
723/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
724 external. */
725DEFHOOK
726(external_libcall,
673c2f63
JM
727 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
728pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
729library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
38f8b050
JR
730 void, (rtx symref),
731 default_external_libcall)
732
733/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
734 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
735DEFHOOK
736(mark_decl_preserved,
673c2f63
JM
737 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
738directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
739.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
38f8b050
JR
740 void, (const char *symbol),
741 hook_void_constcharptr)
742
743/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
744DEFHOOK
745(record_gcc_switches,
673c2f63
JM
746 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
747switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
748enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
749It can take the following values:\n\
750\n\
751@table @gcctabopt\n\
752@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
753@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
754\n\
755@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
756@var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
757direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
758default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
759command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
760various different individual optimization passes.\n\
761\n\
762@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
763@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
764ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
765target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
766time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
767warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
768wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
769necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
770perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
771switches.\n\
772\n\
773@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
774This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
775\n\
776@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
777This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
778@end table\n\
779\n\
780The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
781supported in the future.\n\
782\n\
783By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
784provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
785it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
786section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
787provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
788hook.",
38f8b050
JR
789 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
790 NULL)
791
792/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
793 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
794 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
795 this information. */
796DEFHOOKPOD
797(record_gcc_switches_section,
673c2f63
JM
798 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
799ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
800hook.",
38f8b050
JR
801 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
802
803/* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
804DEFHOOK
805(output_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
806 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
807@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
808The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
809of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
810\n\
811If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
812it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
813If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
814is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
38f8b050
JR
815 void, (rtx x),
816 default_asm_output_anchor)
817
a8781821
SB
818DEFHOOK
819(output_ident,
820 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
821 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
822 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
823 directive.",
824 void, (const char *name),
825 hook_void_constcharptr)
826
38f8b050
JR
827/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
828DEFHOOK
829(output_dwarf_dtprel,
673c2f63
JM
830 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
831reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
38f8b050
JR
832 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
833 NULL)
834
835/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
836DEFHOOK
837(final_postscan_insn,
673c2f63
JM
838 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
839output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
840if necessary.\n\
841\n\
842Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
843extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
844elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
845The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
846template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
847by checking the contents of the vector.",
ac44248e 848 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
38f8b050
JR
849 NULL)
850
851/* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
852DEFHOOK
853(trampoline_template,
673c2f63
JM
854 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
855on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
856the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
857label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
858\n\
859If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
860for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
861code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
862to generate it on the spot.",
38f8b050
JR
863 void, (FILE *f),
864 NULL)
865
b5f5d41d
AS
866DEFHOOK
867(output_source_filename,
868 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
869 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
870 stream @var{file}.\n\
871 \n\
872 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
873 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
874 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
875 default_asm_output_source_filename)
876
6cbd8875
AS
877DEFHOOK
878(output_addr_const_extra,
673c2f63
JM
879 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
880can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
881the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
882@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
883\n\
884If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
885so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
886itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
887return @code{true}.",
6cbd8875 888 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
e1267133 889 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
6cbd8875 890
38f8b050
JR
891/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
892 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
893 initializers. */
894#undef HOOK_PREFIX
895#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
896
897/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
4d00d5dd
JR
898/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
899 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
38f8b050
JR
900DEFHOOK_UNDOC
901(print_operand,
902 "",
903 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
904 default_print_operand)
905
906/* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
4d00d5dd
JR
907/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
908 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
38f8b050
JR
909DEFHOOK_UNDOC
910(print_operand_address,
911 "",
cc8ca59e 912 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
38f8b050
JR
913 default_print_operand_address)
914
915/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
916 `print_operand' hook. */
4d00d5dd
JR
917/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
918 not this hook. */
38f8b050
JR
919DEFHOOK_UNDOC
920(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
921 "",
922 bool ,(unsigned char code),
923 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
924
77754180
DK
925/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
926 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
927DEFHOOK
928(mangle_assembler_name,
929 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
930 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
931 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
932 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
933 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
934 tree, (const char *name),
935 default_mangle_assembler_name)
936
38f8b050
JR
937HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
938
939/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
940 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
941#undef HOOK_PREFIX
942#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
943HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
944
945/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
946 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
947 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
948DEFHOOK
949(adjust_cost,
673c2f63 950 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
b505225b
TS
951relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
952dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
953value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
954used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
955description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
956as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
673c2f63
JM
957description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
958output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
959times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
960acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
961@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
b505225b
TS
962 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
963 unsigned int dw),
964 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
965
966/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
967DEFHOOK
968(adjust_priority,
673c2f63
JM
969 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
970@var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
971execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
972later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
973scheduling priorities of insns.",
ac44248e 974 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
975
976/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
977 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
978 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
979DEFHOOK
980(issue_rate,
673c2f63
JM
981 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
982issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
983Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
984an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
985constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
986hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
987This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
988it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
989@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
38f8b050
JR
990 int, (void), NULL)
991
992/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
993 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
994DEFHOOK
995(variable_issue,
673c2f63
JM
996 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
997from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
998still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
999@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1000@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1001You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1002than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1003@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1004debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1005@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1006was scheduled.",
ac44248e 1007 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1008
1009/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1010DEFHOOK
1011(init,
673c2f63
JM
1012 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1013instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1014pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1015is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1016@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1017region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1018scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
38f8b050
JR
1019 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1020
1021/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1022DEFHOOK
1023(finish,
673c2f63
JM
1024 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1025instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1026cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1027is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1028to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1029@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1031
1032 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1033DEFHOOK
1034(init_global,
673c2f63
JM
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1036@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1037@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1038@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
38f8b050
JR
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1040
1041/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1042DEFHOOK
1043(finish_global,
673c2f63
JM
1044 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1045@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1046@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1047 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1048
1049/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1050 places. Default does nothing. */
1051DEFHOOK
1052(reorder,
673c2f63
JM
1053 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1054list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1055combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1056@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1057debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1058@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1059list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1060a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1061reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1062@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1063is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1064the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1065can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1066@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
ce1ce33a 1067 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1068
1069DEFHOOK
1070(reorder2,
673c2f63
JM
1071 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1072function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1073is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1074@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1075return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1076this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1077scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1078cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
ce1ce33a 1079 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050 1080
0dc41f28
WM
1081DEFHOOK
1082(macro_fusion_p,
1083 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1084 bool, (void), NULL)
1085
1086DEFHOOK
1087(macro_fusion_pair_p,
892d9879
KT
1088 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1089a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1090(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1091group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1092two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1093validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1094 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
0dc41f28 1095
38f8b050
JR
1096/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1097 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1098 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1099DEFHOOK
1100(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
673c2f63
JM
1101 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1102chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1103correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1104example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1105analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1106dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1107calculated.",
ce1ce33a 1108 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1109
1110/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1111 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1112 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1113 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1114 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1115 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1116 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1117 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1118 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1119
1120DEFHOOK
1121(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63 1122 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1123 void, (void), NULL)
1124
1125DEFHOOK
1126(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1127 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1128pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1129when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1130simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1131processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1132based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1133when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
38f8b050
JR
1134 rtx, (void), NULL)
1135
1136DEFHOOK
1137(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1138 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1139used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1140 void, (void), NULL)
1141
1142DEFHOOK
1143(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1144 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1145to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1146simulated processor cycle finishes.",
ac44248e 1147 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1148
1149/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1150 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1151 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1152 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1153
1154DEFHOOK
1155(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1156 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1157The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1161
1162DEFHOOK
1163(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1164 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1165The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1166to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1167state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1168 void, (void), NULL)
1169
1170/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1171 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1172 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1173 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1174 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1175 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1176 insns on the same cycle. */
1177DEFHOOK
1178(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
673c2f63
JM
1179 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1180for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1181chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1182value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1183@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1184subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1185maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1186@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1187packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1188rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1189\n\
1190This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1191processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1192with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1193@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1194@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1195processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1196@var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1197until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1198the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1199\n\
1200Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1201pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1202schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1203\n\
1204The default is no multipass scheduling.",
38f8b050
JR
1205 int, (void), NULL)
1206
1207/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1208 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1209 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1210 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1211DEFHOOK
1212(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
673c2f63
JM
1213 "\n\
1214This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1215considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
4960a0cb
MK
1216zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1217Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1218the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1219Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1220number of cycles.\n\
1221Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1222instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1223to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
673c2f63
JM
1224\n\
1225The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
ac44248e 1226 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
38f8b050 1227
894fd6f2
MK
1228/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1229 scheduling.
1230 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1231 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1232 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1233 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1234 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1235 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1236 scheduling on current cycle. */
1237DEFHOOK
1238(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
673c2f63
JM
1239 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1240scheduling.",
4960a0cb 1241 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
894fd6f2
MK
1242 NULL)
1243
1244/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1245 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1246 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1251 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1252 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
073a8998 1253 to a state before issuing INSN. */
894fd6f2
MK
1254DEFHOOK
1255(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
673c2f63 1256 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
ac44248e 1257 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
894fd6f2
MK
1258 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1259
1260/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1261 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1262 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1263 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1264 described in DFA.
1265 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1266 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1267 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1268 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1269DEFHOOK
1270(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
673c2f63
JM
1271 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1272an instruction.",
4960a0cb 1273 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
894fd6f2
MK
1274
1275/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1276 round of multipass scheduling.
1277 DATA is a pointer.
1278 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1279 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1280 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1281 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1282 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1283DEFHOOK
1284(first_cycle_multipass_end,
673c2f63
JM
1285 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1286round of multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1287 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1288
1289/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1290 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1291 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1292 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1293 described in DFA. */
1294DEFHOOK
1295(first_cycle_multipass_init,
673c2f63 1296 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1297 void, (void *data), NULL)
1298
1299/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1300 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1301 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1302 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1303 described in DFA. */
1304DEFHOOK
1305(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
673c2f63 1306 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1307 void, (void *data), NULL)
1308
38f8b050
JR
1309/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1310 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1311 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1312 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1313 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1314 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1315 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1316 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1317 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1318 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1319 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
c06bbdf7 1320DEFHOOK
38f8b050 1321(dfa_new_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1322 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1323on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1324@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1325the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1326is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1327start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1328verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1329@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1330processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1331and the current processor cycle.",
ac44248e 1332 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
c06bbdf7 1333 int clock, int *sort_p),
38f8b050
JR
1334 NULL)
1335
1336/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1337 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1338 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1339 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1340 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1341 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1342 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1343 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1344 second insn (second parameter). */
1345DEFHOOK
1346(is_costly_dependence,
673c2f63
JM
1347 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1348the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1349are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1350to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1351being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1352dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1353parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1354The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1355insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1356and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1357\n\
1358Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1359where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1360delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1361that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1362important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1363closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1364not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
38f8b050
JR
1365 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1366
38f8b050
JR
1367/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1368 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1369 that new instructions were emitted. */
1370DEFHOOK
1371(h_i_d_extended,
673c2f63
JM
1372 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1373the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1374per instruction data structures.",
38f8b050
JR
1375 void, (void), NULL)
1376
1377/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1378
1379/* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1380DEFHOOK
1381(alloc_sched_context,
673c2f63 1382 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
38f8b050
JR
1383 void *, (void), NULL)
1384
1385/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1386DEFHOOK
1387(init_sched_context,
673c2f63
JM
1388 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1389It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1390beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1391 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1392
1393/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1394DEFHOOK
1395(set_sched_context,
673c2f63 1396 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
38f8b050
JR
1397 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1398
1399/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1400DEFHOOK
1401(clear_sched_context,
673c2f63 1402 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1403 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1404
1405/* Frees the scheduler context. */
1406DEFHOOK
1407(free_sched_context,
673c2f63 1408 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1409 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1410
1411/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1412 by the insn scheduler.
1413 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1414 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1415 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1416 It should return
1417 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1418 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1419 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1420 generated one. */
1421DEFHOOK
1422(speculate_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1423 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1424speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1425The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1426version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1427pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1428or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1429speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1430the generated speculative pattern.",
ac44248e 1431 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1432
1433/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1434 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1435 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1436DEFHOOK
1437(needs_block_p,
673c2f63
JM
1438 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1439for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1440instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
8e90de43 1441 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1442
1443/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1444 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1445 instruction.
1446 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1447 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
8e90de43
SB
1448 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1449 is being performed. */
38f8b050
JR
1450DEFHOOK
1451(gen_spec_check,
673c2f63
JM
1452 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1453check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1454speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1455@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1456be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1457recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1458a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1459@var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
ac44248e 1460 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
38f8b050 1461
38f8b050
JR
1462/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1463 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1464 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1465DEFHOOK
1466(set_sched_flags,
673c2f63
JM
1467 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1468enabled/used.\n\
1469The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1470The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
38f8b050
JR
1471 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1472
1473DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1474(get_insn_spec_ds,
1475 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 1476 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1477
1478DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1479(get_insn_checked_ds,
1480 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
ac44248e 1481 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1482
1483DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1484(skip_rtx_p,
1485 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1486 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1487 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1488
1489/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1490 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1491 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1492 to ddg variable. */
1493DEFHOOK
1494(sms_res_mii,
673c2f63
JM
1495 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1496resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1497the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1498backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1499bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1500of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
38f8b050
JR
1501 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1502
7942e47e
RY
1503/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1504 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1505 parameters. */
1506DEFHOOK
1507(dispatch_do,
673c2f63
JM
1508"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1509in its second parameter.",
ac44248e
DM
1510void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1511hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
7942e47e
RY
1512
1513/* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1514 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1515 as the second parameter is true. */
1516DEFHOOK
1517(dispatch,
673c2f63
JM
1518"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1519is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
ac44248e
DM
1520bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1521hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
7942e47e 1522
b0bd15f7
BS
1523DEFHOOKPOD
1524(exposed_pipeline,
1525"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1526the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1527also the latencies of operations.",
1528bool, false)
1529
df7b0cc4
EI
1530/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1531 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1532 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1533DEFHOOK
1534(reassociation_width,
1535"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1536parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
ef4bddc2 1537int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
df7b0cc4
EI
1538hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1539
b16abbcb
BC
1540/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1541 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1542DEFHOOK
1543(fusion_priority,
1544"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1545priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1546are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1547\n\
1548@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1549@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1550@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1551fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1552@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1553should be calculated and returned.\n\
1554\n\
1555Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1556be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1557instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1558sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1559scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1560should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1561false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1562scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1563instructions.\n\
1564\n\
1565Given below example:\n\
1566\n\
51be4977 1567@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1568 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1569 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1570 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1571 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1572 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1573 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1574 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1575 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1576@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1577\n\
1578On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1579merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1580loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1581this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1582instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1583\n\
51be4977
BC
1584@smallexample\n\
1585 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1586 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1587 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1588 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1589 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1590 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1591 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1592 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1593@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1594\n\
1595Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1596to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1597pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1598\n\
51be4977 1599@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1600 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1601 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1602 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1603 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1604 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1605 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1606 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1607 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1608@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1609\n\
1610Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1611\n\
1612Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1613work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1614\n\
1615This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1616the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1617void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1618
38f8b050
JR
1619HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1620
0136f8f0
AH
1621/* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1622#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1623#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1624HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1625
1626DEFHOOK
1627(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1628"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1629fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1630@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1631The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1632or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1633int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1634
1635DEFHOOK
1636(adjust,
1637"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1638to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1639void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1640
1641DEFHOOK
1642(usable,
1643"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1644in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1645usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1646to use it.",
1647int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1648
1649HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1650
94829f87
NS
1651/* Functions relating to openacc. */
1652#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1653#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1654HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1655
1656DEFHOOK
1657(validate_dims,
1658"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1659compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
b6adbb9f 1660and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
94829f87 1661function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
b6adbb9f
NS
1662outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1663should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1664are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1665Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
94829f87
NS
1666true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1667provide dimensions larger than 1.",
6e91acf8 1668bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
94829f87
NS
1669default_goacc_validate_dims)
1670
bd751975
NS
1671DEFHOOK
1672(dim_limit,
1673"This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1674or zero if unbounded.",
1675int, (int axis),
1676default_goacc_dim_limit)
1677
6e91acf8
NS
1678DEFHOOK
1679(fork_join,
9bd46bc9
NS
1680"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1681function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1682should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1683It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1684return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1685gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1686The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
6e91acf8
NS
1687bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1688default_goacc_fork_join)
1689
e5014671
NS
1690DEFHOOK
1691(reduction,
1692"This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1693@var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1694instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1695the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1696expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1697for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1698void, (gcall *call),
1699default_goacc_reduction)
1700
94829f87
NS
1701HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1702
38f8b050
JR
1703/* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1704#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1705#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1706HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1707
1708/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1709 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1710 function. */
1711DEFHOOK
1712(builtin_mask_for_load,
673c2f63
JM
1713 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1714address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1715used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1716@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1717\n\
1718The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1719@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1720the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1721@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1722two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1723@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1724the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1725from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1726@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1727@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1728@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1729\n\
1730If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1731to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1732use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1733@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1734should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1735described above.\n\
1736If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1737the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1738log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
38f8b050
JR
1739 tree, (void), NULL)
1740
10766209
RS
1741/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1742 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
38f8b050
JR
1743DEFHOOK
1744(builtin_vectorized_function,
673c2f63 1745 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
10766209 1746vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
673c2f63 1747@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
10766209
RS
1748The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1749@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1750 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1751 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1752
1753/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1754 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1755DEFHOOK
1756(builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1757 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1758vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
673c2f63
JM
1759return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1760@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
38f8b050 1761 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
10766209 1762 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
38f8b050
JR
1763
1764/* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1765 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1766DEFHOOK
1767(builtin_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
1768 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1769input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1770The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1771specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1772(truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1773\n\
1774If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1775@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1776conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1777 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1778 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1779
720f5239
IR
1780/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1781 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1782 on the data type and misalignment value. */
38f8b050
JR
1783DEFHOOK
1784(builtin_vectorization_cost,
673c2f63
JM
1785 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1786For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1787misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
720f5239 1788 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
38f8b050
JR
1789 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1790
1791/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1792 iterations) for the given type. */
1793DEFHOOK
1794(vector_alignment_reachable,
673c2f63 1795 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given type.",
38f8b050
JR
1796 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1797 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1798
22e4dee7
RH
1799/* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1800 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
38f8b050 1801DEFHOOK
5a3c0068 1802(vec_perm_const_ok,
673c2f63 1803 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
ef4bddc2 1804 bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
22e4dee7 1805 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1806
1807/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1808 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1809 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1810DEFHOOK
1811(support_vector_misalignment,
673c2f63
JM
1812 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1813store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1814parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1815the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1816parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
38f8b050 1817 bool,
ef4bddc2 1818 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
38f8b050
JR
1819 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1820
cc4b5170
RG
1821/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1822 scalar mode. */
26983c22 1823DEFHOOK
cc4b5170 1824(preferred_simd_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1825 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1826mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1827equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1828transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
ef4bddc2
RS
1829 machine_mode,
1830 (machine_mode mode),
cc4b5170 1831 default_preferred_simd_mode)
26983c22 1832
767f865f
RG
1833/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1834 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1835DEFHOOK
1836(autovectorize_vector_sizes,
673c2f63
JM
1837 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1838after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1839mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1840The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
767f865f
RG
1841 unsigned int,
1842 (void),
1843 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1844
9f47c7e5
IE
1845/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1846DEFHOOK
1847(get_mask_mode,
1848 "This hook returns mode to be used for a mask to be used for a vector\n\
1849of specified @var{length} with @var{nunits} elements. By default an integer\n\
1850vector mode of a proper size is returned.",
1851 machine_mode,
1852 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1853 default_get_mask_mode)
1854
aec7ae7d
JJ
1855/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1856DEFHOOK
1857(builtin_gather,
673c2f63
JM
1858 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1859is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1860the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1861The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1862loads.",
aec7ae7d
JJ
1863 tree,
1864 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1865 NULL)
1866
3bab6342
AT
1867/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1868DEFHOOK
1869(builtin_scatter,
1870"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1871is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1872the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1873The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1874stores.",
1875 tree,
1876 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1877 NULL)
1878
c3e7ee41
BS
1879/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1880DEFHOOK
1881(init_cost,
1882 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1883 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
92345349
BS
1884 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1885 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1886 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1887 "is being vectorized.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1888 void *,
1889 (struct loop *loop_info),
1890 default_init_cost)
1891
1892/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
92345349
BS
1893 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1894 block. */
c3e7ee41
BS
1895DEFHOOK
1896(add_stmt_cost,
1897 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
92345349
BS
1898 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1899 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1900 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1901 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1902 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1903 "revised.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1904 unsigned,
1905 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
92345349
BS
1906 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1907 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
c3e7ee41
BS
1908 default_add_stmt_cost)
1909
1910/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1911 loop or block. */
1912DEFHOOK
1913(finish_cost,
1914 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
92345349
BS
1915 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1916 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1917 "the three accumulators.",
1918 void,
1919 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1920 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
c3e7ee41
BS
1921 default_finish_cost)
1922
1923/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1924DEFHOOK
1925(destroy_cost_data,
1926 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1927 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1928 "accumulator.",
1929 void,
1930 (void *data),
1931 default_destroy_cost_data)
1932
38f8b050
JR
1933HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1934
1935#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1936#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1937
ec6fe917
IV
1938DEFHOOK
1939(record_offload_symbol,
1940 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1941sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1942recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1943 void, (tree),
1944 hook_void_tree)
1945
6d2b7199
BS
1946DEFHOOKPOD
1947(absolute_biggest_alignment,
1948 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
1949that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
1950@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
1951 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1952
38f8b050
JR
1953/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
1954 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
1955 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
1956DEFHOOK
1957(override_options_after_change,
673c2f63
JM
1958 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
1959but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
1960pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
1961attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
1962when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
1963actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
1964@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1965 void, (void),
1966 hook_void_void)
1967
c713ddc0
BS
1968DEFHOOK
1969(offload_options,
1970 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
1971translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
1972into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
1973to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
1974separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
1975char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
1976
38f8b050
JR
1977DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1978(eh_return_filter_mode,
1979 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
ef4bddc2 1980 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1981 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
1982
1983/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
1984DEFHOOK
1985(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1986 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
1987of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1988@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1989targets.",
ef4bddc2 1990 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1991 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
1992
1993/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
1994DEFHOOK
1995(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1996 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
1997of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1998@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1999targets.",
ef4bddc2 2000 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2001 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2002
2003/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2004DEFHOOK
2005(unwind_word_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2006 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2007The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 2008 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2009 default_unwind_word_mode)
2010
2011/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2012DEFHOOK
2013(merge_decl_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2014 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2015handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2016@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2017@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2018when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2019attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2020call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2021\n\
2022@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2023If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2024for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2025@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2026will then define a function called\n\
2027@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2028the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2029add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2030to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2031@samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2032@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
38f8b050
JR
2033 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2034 merge_decl_attributes)
2035
2036/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2037DEFHOOK
2038(merge_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2039 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2040handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2041@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2042that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2043function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2044merging.",
38f8b050
JR
2045 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2046 merge_type_attributes)
2047
2048/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2049 Ignored if NULL. */
2050DEFHOOKPOD
2051(attribute_table,
673c2f63 2052 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
15ab4e1e 2053attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
673c2f63
JM
2054specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2055entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2056take.",
38f8b050
JR
2057 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2058
2059/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2060 argument. */
2061DEFHOOK
2062(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
673c2f63
JM
2063 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2064machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2065given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2066subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2067false for all machine-specific attributes.",
38f8b050
JR
2068 bool, (const_tree name),
2069 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2070
2071/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2072 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2073 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2074DEFHOOK
2075(comp_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2076 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2077@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2078and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2079generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2080supposed always to be compatible.",
38f8b050
JR
2081 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2082 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2083
2084/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2085DEFHOOK
2086(set_default_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2087 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2088the newly defined @var{type}.",
38f8b050
JR
2089 void, (tree type),
2090 hook_void_tree)
2091
2092/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2093DEFHOOK
2094(insert_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2095 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2096when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2097wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2098the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2099created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2100for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2101shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2102the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2103attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2104needed.",
38f8b050
JR
2105 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2106 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2107
2108/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2109 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2110DEFHOOK
2111(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
673c2f63 2112 "@cindex inlining\n\
5bd40ade 2113This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
673c2f63
JM
2114into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2115attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2116target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
38f8b050
JR
2117 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2118 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2119
2120/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2121 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2122DEFHOOK
2123(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
673c2f63
JM
2124 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2125@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2126Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2127unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2128different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2129alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2130bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2131the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2132(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2133another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2134other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2135\n\
2136When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2137of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2138bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2139and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2140chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2141size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2142alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2143\n\
2144If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2145the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2146used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2147precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2148may affect its placement.",
38f8b050
JR
2149 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2150 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2151
2e681adf
JR
2152/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2153 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2154 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2155DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2156(words_big_endian,
2157 "",
2158 bool, (void),
2159 targhook_words_big_endian)
2160
2161/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2162DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2163(float_words_big_endian,
2164 "",
2165 bool, (void),
2166 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2167
9193fb05
JM
2168DEFHOOK
2169(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2170 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2171 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2172 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2173 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2174 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2175 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2176 does not.",
2177 bool, (void),
2178 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2179
38f8b050
JR
2180/* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2181DEFHOOK
2182(decimal_float_supported_p,
673c2f63 2183 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
38f8b050
JR
2184 bool, (void),
2185 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2186
2187/* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2188DEFHOOK
2189(fixed_point_supported_p,
673c2f63 2190 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
38f8b050
JR
2191 bool, (void),
2192 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2193
2194/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2195DEFHOOK
2196(align_anon_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2197 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2198whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2199structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2200the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
38f8b050
JR
2201 bool, (void),
2202 hook_bool_void_false)
2203
2204/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2205 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2206DEFHOOK
2207(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2208 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2209should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2210these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2211\n\
7d0b9a9c 2212The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
2213 bool, (void),
2214 hook_bool_void_false)
2215
2216/* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2217DEFHOOK
2218(init_builtins,
673c2f63
JM
2219 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2220that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2221necessary setup.\n\
2222\n\
2223Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2224instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2225they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2226instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2227\n\
2228To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2229@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2230which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2231up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2232only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2233@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
38f8b050
JR
2234 void, (void),
2235 hook_void_void)
2236
2237/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2238 built-in function decl for CODE.
2239 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2240 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2241DEFHOOK
2242(builtin_decl,
673c2f63
JM
2243 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2244that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2245builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2246If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2247if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2248If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2249@code{error_mark_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
2250 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2251
2252/* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2253DEFHOOK
2254(expand_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2255 "\n\
2256Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2257@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2258function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2259convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2260@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2261@var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2262ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2263built-in function.",
38f8b050 2264 rtx,
ef4bddc2 2265 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2266 default_expand_builtin)
2267
d5e254e1
IE
2268DEFHOOK
2269(builtin_chkp_function,
2270 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2271Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2272fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2273passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2274obtained using this hook:\n\
2275@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2276Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2277by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2278bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2279@end deftypefn\n\
2280\n\
2281@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2282Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2283by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2284when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2285@end deftypefn\n\
2286\n\
2287@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2288Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2289by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2290address @var{loc}.\n\
2291@end deftypefn\n\
2292\n\
2293@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2294Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2295by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2296lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2297@end deftypefn\n\
2298\n\
2299@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2300Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2301by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2302upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2303@end deftypefn\n\
2304\n\
2305@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2306Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2307by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2308@var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2309@end deftypefn\n\
2310\n\
2311@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2312Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2313returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2314@end deftypefn\n\
2315\n\
2316@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2317Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2318returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2319[@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2320@end deftypefn\n\
2321\n\
2322@deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2323Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2324returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2325@code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2326Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2327(e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2328@end deftypefn\n\
2329\n\
2330@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2331Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2332returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2333@end deftypefn\n\
2334\n\
2335@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2336Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2337returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2338@end deftypefn",
2339 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2340 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2341
2342DEFHOOK
2343(chkp_bound_type,
2344 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2345 tree, (void),
2346 default_chkp_bound_type)
2347
2348DEFHOOK
2349(chkp_bound_mode,
2350 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2351 enum machine_mode, (void),
2352 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2353
2354DEFHOOK
2355(chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2356 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2357with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2358 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2359 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2360
2361DEFHOOK
2362(chkp_initialize_bounds,
2363 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2364bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2365the number of generated statements.",
2366 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2367 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2368
38f8b050
JR
2369/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2370 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2371 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2372 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2373 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
d66f5459 2374DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2375(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2376 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2377was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2378@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2379implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2380declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2381arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2382complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2383another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2384@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
d66f5459 2385 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
38f8b050 2386
ea679d55
JG
2387/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2388 and GENERIC. */
08914aaa 2389DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2390(fold_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2391 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2392@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2393built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2394the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2395The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2396containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2397@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
08914aaa 2398 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2399 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2400
ea679d55
JG
2401/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2402DEFHOOK
2403(gimple_fold_builtin,
2404 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2405by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2406statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2407was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2408 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2409 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2410
3649b9b7
ST
2411/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2412 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2413 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2414 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2415 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2416 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2417 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2418 and 0 if they are the same. */
2419DEFHOOK
2420(compare_version_priority,
673c2f63
JM
2421 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2422determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2423during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2424versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2425is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2426 the two function decls that will be compared.",
3649b9b7
ST
2427 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2428
2429/* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2430 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2431 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2432 must be generated. */
2433DEFHOOK
2434(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
673c2f63
JM
2435 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2436function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2437@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2438body must be generated.",
3649b9b7
ST
2439 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2440
2441/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2442 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2443 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2444 identical versions. */
2445DEFHOOK
2446(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
673c2f63
JM
2447 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2448versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2449version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2450identical versions.",
3649b9b7
ST
2451 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2452
38f8b050 2453/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
ee62a5a6 2454 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
89356d17 2455DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2456(builtin_reciprocal,
ee62a5a6
RS
2457 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2458reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
7b90c63a 2459@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
ee62a5a6 2460 tree, (tree fndecl),
38f8b050
JR
2461 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2462
2463/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2464 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2465 NULL. */
2466DEFHOOK
2467(mangle_type,
673c2f63
JM
2468 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2469uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2470to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2471mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2472the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2473not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2474for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2475return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2476string constant.\n\
2477\n\
2478Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2479qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2480fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2481is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2482length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2483ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2484@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2485@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2486code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2487@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2488codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2489spaces in your string.\n\
2490\n\
2491This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2492name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2493can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2494before mangling.\n\
2495\n\
2496The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2497appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2498types.",
38f8b050
JR
2499 const char *, (const_tree type),
2500 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2501
2502/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2503DEFHOOK
2504(init_libfuncs,
673c2f63
JM
2505 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2506existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2507@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2508@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2509library routines.\n\
2510\n\
2511The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
38f8b050
JR
2512 void, (void),
2513 hook_void_void)
2514
cdbf4541
BS
2515 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2516DEFHOOKPOD
2517(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2518 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2519underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2520instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2521currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2522is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2523@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2524 bool, false)
2525
38f8b050
JR
2526/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2527 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2528/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2529DEFHOOK
2530(section_type_flags,
673c2f63
JM
2531 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2532based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2533declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2534null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2535\n\
2536The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2537read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2538need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2539set via @code{__attribute__}.",
38f8b050
JR
2540 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2541 default_section_type_flags)
2542
d33d9e47
AI
2543DEFHOOK
2544(libc_has_function,
2545 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2546@var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2547 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2548 default_libc_has_function)
2549
38f8b050
JR
2550/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2551 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2552DEFHOOK
2553(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
673c2f63
JM
2554 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2555instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2556every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2557reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2558\n\
2559@smallexample\n\
2560static bool\n\
2561cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2562@{\n\
2563 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2564@}\n\
2565@end smallexample",
38f8b050
JR
2566 bool, (void),
2567 hook_bool_void_false)
2568
4b4de898
JR
2569/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2570DEFHOOK
2571(can_follow_jump,
2572 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2573 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2574 false, if it can't.\
2575 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2576 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
c1ce59ab
DM
2577 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2578 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
4b4de898 2579
38f8b050
JR
2580/* Return a register class for which branch target register
2581 optimizations should be applied. */
2582DEFHOOK
2583(branch_target_register_class,
673c2f63
JM
2584 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2585optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2586usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2587re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2588to inter-block scheduling.",
a87cf97e 2589 reg_class_t, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2590 default_branch_target_register_class)
2591
2592/* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2593 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2594 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2595 already been generated. */
2596DEFHOOK
2597(branch_target_register_callee_saved,
673c2f63
JM
2598 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2599registers\n\
2600that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2601returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2602that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2603@samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2604saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2605epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2606true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2607to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2608to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
38f8b050
JR
2609 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2610 hook_bool_bool_false)
2611
2612/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2613DEFHOOK
2614(have_conditional_execution,
673c2f63
JM
2615 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2616This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2617modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
38f8b050
JR
2618 bool, (void),
2619 default_have_conditional_execution)
2620
2e0f1341
ZC
2621DEFHOOK
2622(gen_ccmp_first,
5f3bc026 2623 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
c8012fbc
WD
2624 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2625 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2626 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2627 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2628 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2629 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
cb4347e8 2630 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2e0f1341
ZC
2631 NULL)
2632
2633DEFHOOK
2634(gen_ccmp_next,
c8012fbc
WD
2635 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2636 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2637 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2638 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2639 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2640 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2641 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2642 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2643 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2644 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2645 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2646 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
cb4347e8 2647 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2e0f1341
ZC
2648 NULL)
2649
38f8b050
JR
2650/* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2651DEFHOOK
2652(loop_unroll_adjust,
673c2f63
JM
2653 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2654should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2655the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2656the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2657is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2658number of memory accesses.",
38f8b050
JR
2659 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2660 NULL)
2661
1a627b35
RS
2662/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2663DEFHOOK
2664(legitimate_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2665 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2666@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2667@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2668\n\
2669The default definition returns true.",
ef4bddc2 2670 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
1a627b35
RS
2671 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2672
38f8b050
JR
2673/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2674DEFHOOK
2675(cannot_force_const_mem,
673c2f63
JM
2676 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2677should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2678of @var{x}.\n\
2679\n\
2680The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2681\n\
2682The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2683deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2684from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2685holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2686of TLS symbols for various targets.",
ef4bddc2 2687 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
fbbf66e7 2688 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
38f8b050
JR
2689
2690DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2691(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2692 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
ac44248e 2693 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
2694
2695/* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2696DEFHOOK
2697(commutative_p,
673c2f63
JM
2698 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2699Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2700PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2701of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
38f8b050
JR
2702 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2703 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2704
2705/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2706 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2707DEFHOOK
2708(mode_dependent_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2709 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2710space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2711different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2712reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2713but not others.\n\
2714\n\
2715Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2716effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2717of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2718addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2719\n\
2720You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2721\n\
2722The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
5bfed9a9 2723 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
38f8b050
JR
2724 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2725
2726/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2727 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2728DEFHOOK
2729(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2730 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2731operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2732address.\n\
2733\n\
2734@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2735@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2736and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2737@var{x}.\n\
2738\n\
2739The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2740@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2741should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2742\n\
2743It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2744with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2745The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2746the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2747is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2748a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2749strategy can generate better code.",
ef4bddc2 2750 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
2751 default_legitimize_address)
2752
2753/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2754DEFHOOK
2755(delegitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2756 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2757@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2758macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2759references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2760addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2761the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2762into their original form.",
38f8b050
JR
2763 rtx, (rtx x),
2764 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2765
93bcc8c9
JJ
2766/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2767 section. */
2768DEFHOOK
2769(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
673c2f63
JM
2770 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2771debug sections.",
93bcc8c9
JJ
2772 bool, (rtx x),
2773 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2774
38f8b050
JR
2775/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2776DEFHOOK
2777(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2778 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2779address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2780\n\
2781Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2782non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2783desired by the caller.\n\
2784\n\
2785The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2786that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2787considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2788kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2789must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2790up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2791register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2792if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2793\n\
2794The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2795accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2796register is required.\n\
2797\n\
2798Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2799and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2800constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2801specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2802recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2803\n\
2804Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2805sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2806@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2807naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2808be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2809\n\
2810@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2811On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2812the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2813target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2814into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2815@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2816@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2817Format}.\n\
2818\n\
2819@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2820Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2821this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2822has this syntax:\n\
2823\n\
2824@example\n\
2825#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2826@end example\n\
2827\n\
2828@noindent\n\
2829and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2830address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2831\n\
2832@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2833Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2834macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2835@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2836that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2837\n\
2838Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2839files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
ef4bddc2 2840 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
38f8b050
JR
2841 default_legitimate_address_p)
2842
2843/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2844DEFHOOK
2845(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2846 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2847be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2848of @var{x}.\n\
2849\n\
2850The default version returns false for all constants.",
ef4bddc2 2851 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
38f8b050
JR
2852 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2853
361a58da
DE
2854/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2855DEFHOOK
2856(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
673c2f63
JM
2857 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2858be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2859\n\
2860The default version returns true for all decls.",
361a58da
DE
2861 bool, (const_tree decl),
2862 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2863
38f8b050
JR
2864/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2865DEFHOOKPOD
2866(min_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2867 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2868On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2869applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2870for every mode. The default value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2871 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2872
2873DEFHOOKPOD
2874(max_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2875 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2876offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2877value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2878 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2879
2880/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2881DEFHOOK
2882(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
673c2f63
JM
2883 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2884@var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2885@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2886\n\
2887The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2888intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2889or target-specific sections.",
38f8b050
JR
2890 bool, (const_rtx x),
2891 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2892
2f251a05
AI
2893/* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2894DEFHOOK
2895(has_ifunc_p,
2896 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2897The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2898The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2899 bool, (void),
2900 default_has_ifunc_p)
2901
38f8b050
JR
2902/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2903 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2904 this is an indirect call. */
2905DEFHOOK
2906(function_ok_for_sibcall,
5bd40ade 2907 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
673c2f63
JM
2908call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2909or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2910\n\
2911It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2912tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2913during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2914as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2915``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2916may vary greatly between different architectures.",
38f8b050
JR
2917 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2918 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2919
2920/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2921 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2922 level, outside of any function scope. */
2923DEFHOOK
2924(set_current_function,
673c2f63
JM
2925 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2926context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2927the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2928per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2929attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2930The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2931and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2932and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2933The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2934\n\
2935GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2936some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2937situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2938or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2939@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2940outside of any function scope.",
38f8b050
JR
2941 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2942
2943/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2944DEFHOOK
2945(in_small_data_p,
673c2f63
JM
2946 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2947The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
2948 bool, (const_tree exp),
2949 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2950
2951/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2952 to the current executable or shared library. */
2953DEFHOOK
2954(binds_local_p,
673c2f63
JM
2955 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2956rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2957or executable image).\n\
2958\n\
2959The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2960for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2961currently supported object file formats.",
38f8b050
JR
2962 bool, (const_tree exp),
2963 default_binds_local_p)
2964
3c5273a9
KT
2965/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2966DEFHOOK
2967(profile_before_prologue,
2968 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2969The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2970@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2971 bool, (void),
2972 default_profile_before_prologue)
2973
d56a43a0
AK
2974/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2975 enabled. */
2976DEFHOOK
2977(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
2978 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
2979 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
2980 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
2981 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
2982 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
2983 bool, (void),
2984 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
2985
38f8b050
JR
2986/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
2987 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
2988 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
2989 The default is to return ID without modification. */
2990DEFHOOK
2991(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
673c2f63
JM
2992 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
2993by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
2994the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
2995or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
2996hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
2997your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
2998returns the @var{id} provided.",
38f8b050
JR
2999 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3000 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3001
3002/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3003 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3004DEFHOOK
3005(encode_section_info,
673c2f63
JM
3006 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3007treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3008function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3009\n\
3010The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3011@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3012an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3013rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3014in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3015\n\
3016In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3017a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3018will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3019register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3020rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3021leave it alone.)\n\
3022\n\
3023The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3024that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3025be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3026declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3027declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3028@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3029\n\
3030@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3031The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3032@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3033Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3034encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3035discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3036\n\
3037The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3038in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3039@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3040before overriding it.",
38f8b050
JR
3041 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3042 default_encode_section_info)
3043
3044/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3045DEFHOOK
3046(strip_name_encoding,
673c2f63
JM
3047 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3048the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3049may have added.",
38f8b050
JR
3050 const char *, (const char *name),
3051 default_strip_name_encoding)
3052
3053/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3054 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3055DEFHOOK
3056(shift_truncation_mask,
673c2f63
JM
3057 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3058deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3059@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3060\n\
3061On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3062shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3063equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3064this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3065otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3066particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3067\n\
3068Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3069@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3070that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3071\n\
3072The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3073@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3074and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3075@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3076nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3077by overriding it.",
ef4bddc2 3078 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3079 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3080
3081/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3082 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3083 the reciprocal. */
3084DEFHOOK
3085(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
673c2f63
JM
3086 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3087divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3088the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3089that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3090of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3091has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
ef4bddc2 3092 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3093 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3094
3095/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3096 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3097 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3098/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3099 necessarily defined at this point. */
3100DEFHOOK
3101(mode_rep_extended,
673c2f63
JM
3102 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3103are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3104@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3105sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3106otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3107representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3108@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3109@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3110@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3111widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3112\n\
3113Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3114value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3115as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3116@code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
3117\n\
3118Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3119describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3120@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3121to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3122extension.\n\
3123\n\
3124In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3125@code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3126@code{mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3127 int, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode rep_mode),
38f8b050
JR
3128 default_mode_rep_extended)
3129
3130/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3131DEFHOOK
3132(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3133 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3134with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3135hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3136 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3137 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3138
7352c013
RG
3139/* Disambiguate with errno. */
3140DEFHOOK
3141(ref_may_alias_errno,
3142 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3143 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3144 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3145 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3146 a pointer to int.",
84562394 3147 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
7352c013
RG
3148 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3149
38f8b050
JR
3150/* Support for named address spaces. */
3151#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3152#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3153HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3154
3155/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3156DEFHOOK
3157(pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3158 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3159@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3160The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3161 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3162 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3163
3164/* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3165DEFHOOK
3166(address_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3167 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3168@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3169The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3170 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3171 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3172
3173/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3174 in another address space. */
3175DEFHOOK
3176(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3177 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3178with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3179hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3180except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3181version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3182@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3183target hooks for the given address space.",
ef4bddc2 3184 bool, (machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3185 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3186
3187/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3188 space for a given mode. */
3189DEFHOOK
3190(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
3191 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3192@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3193parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3194finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3195@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3196explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3197 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3198 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3199
3200/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3201 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3202 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3203DEFHOOK
3204(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
3205 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3206with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3207hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3208except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3209 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3210 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3211
3212/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3213DEFHOOK
3214(subset_p,
673c2f63
JM
3215 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3216contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3217a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3218will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3219arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3220converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
b5bcaa4a 3221 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
38f8b050
JR
3222 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3223
6626f970
RH
3224/* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3225 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3226DEFHOOK
3227(zero_address_valid,
3228 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3229address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3230 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3231 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3232
38f8b050
JR
3233/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3234DEFHOOK
3235(convert,
673c2f63
JM
3236 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3237@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3238space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3239to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3240guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3241as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
3242 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3243 default_addr_space_convert)
3244
f736b911
RH
3245/* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3246DEFHOOK
3247(debug,
3248 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3249The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3250 int, (addr_space_t as),
3251 default_addr_space_debug)
3252
ffc22840
GJL
3253/* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3254DEFHOOK
3255(diagnose_usage,
3256 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3257command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3258address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3259to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3260was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3261the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3262@var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3263The default implementation does nothing.",
3264 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3265 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3266
38f8b050
JR
3267HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3268
3269#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3270#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3271
3272/* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3273 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3274 the arithmetic is supported. */
3275DEFHOOK
3276(scalar_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3277 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3278insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3279considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3280must work.\n\
3281\n\
3282The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3283required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3284Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3285code in @file{optabs.c}.",
ef4bddc2 3286 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3287 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3288
3289/* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3290 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3291 for further details. */
3292DEFHOOK
3293(vector_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3294 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3295insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3296must have move patterns for this mode.",
ef4bddc2 3297 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3298 hook_bool_mode_false)
3299
5aea1e76
UW
3300DEFHOOK
3301(vector_alignment,
3302 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3303@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3304require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3305this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3306the vector element type.",
3307 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3308 default_vector_alignment)
3309
0f6d54f7
RS
3310/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3311 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3312DEFHOOK
3313(array_mode_supported_p,
3314 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3315of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3316Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3317and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3318\n\
3319One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3320that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3321has operations like:\n\
3322\n\
3323@smallexample\n\
3324int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3325@end smallexample\n\
3326\n\
3327where the return type is defined as:\n\
3328\n\
3329@smallexample\n\
3330typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3331@{\n\
3332 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3333@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3334@end smallexample\n\
3335\n\
3336If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3337@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3338@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
ef4bddc2 3339 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
0f6d54f7
RS
3340 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3341
8cc4b7a2
JM
3342DEFHOOK
3343(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3344 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3345floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3346@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3347hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3348@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
ef4bddc2 3349 bool, (machine_mode mode),
8cc4b7a2
JM
3350 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3351
c65699ef
JM
3352DEFHOOK
3353(floatn_mode,
3354 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3355@code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3356@code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type \n\
3357is not supported, return @code{VOIDmode}. The default version of this \n\
3358hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for \n\
3359@code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3360@code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3361those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3362@code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3363returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3364satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3365@code{VOIDmode}. The hook is only called for values of @var{n} and \n\
3366@var{extended} that are valid according to ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that \n\
3367is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or, if @var{extended} is false, 16 or \n\
3368greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3369 machine_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3370 default_floatn_mode)
3371
88d0c3f0
MS
3372DEFHOOK
3373(printf_pointer_format,
3374 "Determine the target @code{printf} implementation format string that the most closely corresponds to the @code{%p} format directive. The object pointed to by the @var{flags} is set to a string consisting of recognized format flags such as the @code{'#'} character.",
3375 const char*, (tree, const char **flags),
3376 default_printf_pointer_format)
3377
38f8b050
JR
3378/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3379 TO, using MODE. */
3380DEFHOOK
3381(register_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3382 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3383from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3384are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3385A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3386that.\n\
3387\n\
3388It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3389same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3390registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3391\n\
3392If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3393hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3394classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3395constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3396allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3397if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3398\n\
3399The default version of this function returns 2.",
ef4bddc2 3400 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
38f8b050
JR
3401 default_register_move_cost)
3402
3403/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3404/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3405 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
911852ff 3406DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3407(memory_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3408 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3409between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3410if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3411This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3412If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3413registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3414\n\
3415If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3416the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3417needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3418between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3419more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3420reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3421\n\
3422GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3423secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3424a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3425secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
34264 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3427value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3428are the same as to this target hook.",
ef4bddc2 3429 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
38f8b050
JR
3430 default_memory_move_cost)
3431
7cbed008
JG
3432DEFHOOK
3433(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3434 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3435two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3436when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3437implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3438insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3439@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3440unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3441\n\
3442This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3443given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3444infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3445Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3446units.\n\
3447\n\
3448The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
36b85e43
BS
3449@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3450@code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3451under consideration.\n\
7cbed008
JG
3452\n\
3453The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3454optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3455\n\
3456Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3457for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3458@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3459@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3460insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3461the body of the memory operation.\n\
3462\n\
3463Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3464in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3465move would be greater than that of a library call.",
445d7826 3466 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
7cbed008
JG
3467 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3468 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3469
36b85e43
BS
3470DEFHOOK
3471(compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3472 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3473number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3474allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3475factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3476one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3477particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3478negative number from this hook.",
3479 int, (machine_mode mode),
3480 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3481
d95ab70a
RS
3482DEFHOOK
3483(optab_supported_p,
3484 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3485modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3486The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3487whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3488optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3489\n\
3490For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3491@var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3492optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3493\n\
3494The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3495 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3496 optimization_type opt_type),
3497 default_optab_supported_p)
3498
38f8b050
JR
3499/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3500 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3501 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3502 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3503DEFHOOK
3504(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
673c2f63
JM
3505 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3506small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3507@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3508in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3509In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3510for any mode.\n\
3511\n\
3512On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3513insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3514to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3515if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3516insn.\n\
3517\n\
3518Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3519in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3520the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3521classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3522registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3523registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3524SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3525strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3526machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3527\n\
3528The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3529safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3530unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3531that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3532to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3533of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
ef4bddc2 3534 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3535 hook_bool_mode_false)
3536
e692f276
RH
3537/* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3538 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3539DEFHOOKPOD
3540(flags_regnum,
3541 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3542 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3543 appropriately.",
3544 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3545
38f8b050
JR
3546/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3547 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3548 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
e548c9df 3549/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
38f8b050
JR
3550 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3551DEFHOOK
3552(rtx_costs,
673c2f63
JM
3553 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3554\n\
3555The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3556available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3557as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3558That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3559that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3560either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3561(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3562\n\
e548c9df
AM
3563@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3564do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
3565\n\
3566In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3567@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3568instructions.\n\
3569\n\
3570On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3571for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3572necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3573for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3574operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3575\n\
3576When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3577false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3578size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3579\n\
3580The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3581processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
e548c9df
AM
3582 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3583 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
38f8b050
JR
3584
3585/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3586 invalid addresses. */
3587DEFHOOK
3588(address_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3589 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3590@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3591the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3592\n\
3593For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3594true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3595instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3596all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3597\n\
3598In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3599the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3600cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3601\n\
3602For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3603and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3604is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3605references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3606the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3607that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3608instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3609specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3610\n\
3611This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3612\n\
3613On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3614cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3615@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3616be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3617@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3618should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3619should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3620registers on machines with lots of registers.",
ef4bddc2 3621 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
38f8b050
JR
3622 default_address_cost)
3623
e914c11a
JG
3624/* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3625 well defined units. */
3626DEFHOOK
3627(max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3628 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3629giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3630if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3631The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3632that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3633@code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3634unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3635RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3636is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3637\n\
3638@code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3639branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3640were true.\n\
3641\n\
3642The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3643@code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3644and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3645unsigned int, (edge e),
3646default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3647
f52a73a4
SD
3648/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3649 scheduling. */
3650DEFHOOK
3651(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3652 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3653speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3654such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3655delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3656disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3657delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3658as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3659 hook_bool_void_false)
3660
38f8b050
JR
3661/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3662DEFHOOK
3663(allocate_initial_value,
673c2f63
JM
3664 "\n\
3665When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3666register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3667to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3668it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3669is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3670that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3671@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3672Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3673to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3674the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3675@code{MEM}.\n\
3676If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3677it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3678You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3679@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3680register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3681The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3682allocation.",
38f8b050
JR
3683 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3684
c84a808e 3685/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
38f8b050
JR
3686 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3687DEFHOOK
3688(unspec_may_trap_p,
673c2f63
JM
3689 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3690@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3691this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3692@code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3693to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3694passed along.",
38f8b050
JR
3695 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3696 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3697
3698/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3699 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3700 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3701 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3702 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3703 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3704DEFHOOK
3705(dwarf_register_span,
673c2f63
JM
3706 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3707represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3708register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3709locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3710register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3711If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3712 rtx, (rtx reg),
3713 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3714
ff050c66
MF
3715/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3716 register. */
3717DEFHOOK
3718(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3719 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3720corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3721used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3722clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
ef4bddc2 3723 machine_mode, (int regno),
ff050c66
MF
3724 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3725
38f8b050
JR
3726/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3727 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3728 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3729 code, given the address of the table. */
3730DEFHOOK
3731(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
673c2f63
JM
3732 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3733multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3734sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3735It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3736filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3737@var{address} is the address of the table.",
38f8b050
JR
3738 void, (tree address),
3739 hook_void_tree)
3740
3741/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3742 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3743 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3744 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3745 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3746 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3747 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3748DEFHOOK
3749(fixed_condition_code_regs,
673c2f63
JM
3750 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3751register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3752regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3753hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3754small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3755to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3756arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3757When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3758integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3759@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3760\n\
3761The default version of this hook returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
3762 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3763 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3764
3765/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3766 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3767 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3768 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3769 VOIDmode. */
3770DEFHOOK
3771(cc_modes_compatible,
673c2f63
JM
3772 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3773@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3774validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3775target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3776both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3777return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3778\n\
3779The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3780same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3781returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3782 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
38f8b050
JR
3783 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3784
3785/* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3786 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3787DEFHOOK
3788(machine_dependent_reorg,
673c2f63
JM
3789 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3790instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3791just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3792\n\
3793The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3794it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3795laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3796Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3797\n\
3798You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3799definition is null.",
38f8b050
JR
3800 void, (void), NULL)
3801
3802/* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3803DEFHOOK
3804(build_builtin_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3805 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3806The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
38f8b050
JR
3807 tree, (void),
3808 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3809
3810/* Enumerate the va list variants. */
07a5b2bc 3811DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3812(enum_va_list_p,
673c2f63
JM
3813 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3814to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3815variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3816to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3817variable.\n\
3818The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3819this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3820internal type.\n\
3821If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3822Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3823macro to iterate through all types.",
38f8b050
JR
3824 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3825 NULL)
3826
3827/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3828DEFHOOK
3829(fn_abi_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3830 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3831@var{fndecl}.\n\
3832The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
3833 tree, (tree fndecl),
3834 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3835
3836/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3837DEFHOOK
3838(canonical_va_list_type,
673c2f63
JM
3839 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3840type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3841@code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
3842 tree, (tree type),
3843 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3844
3845/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3846DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3847(expand_builtin_va_start,
3848"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3849 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3850
3851/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3852DEFHOOK
3853(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
673c2f63
JM
3854 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3855@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3856arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3857@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
38f8b050
JR
3858 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3859 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3860
3861/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3862 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3863 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3864 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3865 or an error message if not. */
3866DEFHOOK
3867(get_pch_validity,
673c2f63
JM
3868 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3869@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3870@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
38f8b050
JR
3871 void *, (size_t *sz),
3872 default_get_pch_validity)
3873
3874DEFHOOK
3875(pch_valid_p,
673c2f63
JM
3876 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3877compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3878if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3879be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3880\n\
3881@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3882when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3883It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3884compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3885\n\
3886The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3887suitable for most targets.",
38f8b050
JR
3888 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3889 default_pch_valid_p)
3890
e32ea2d1
RS
3891DEFHOOK
3892(prepare_pch_save,
3893 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3894garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3895it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3896to do anything here.",
3897 void, (void),
3898 hook_void_void)
3899
38f8b050
JR
3900/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3901 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3902 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3903DEFHOOK
3904(check_pch_target_flags,
673c2f63
JM
3905 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3906@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3907of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3908@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3909value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
38f8b050
JR
3910 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
3911
3912/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
3913 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
3914 that type. */
3915DEFHOOK
3916(default_short_enums,
673c2f63
JM
3917 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
3918@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
3919of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
3920@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
3921\n\
3922The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
3923 bool, (void),
3924 hook_bool_void_false)
3925
3926/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
3927 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
3928DEFHOOK
3929(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
673c2f63
JM
3930 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
3931the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
3932The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
3933machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
3934@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
38f8b050
JR
3935 rtx, (void),
3936 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
3937
7ca35180
RH
3938/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
3939 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
3940DEFHOOK
3941(md_asm_adjust,
3942 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
3943@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
3944clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
3945to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
3946\n\
3947It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
3948as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
3949a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
3950 rtx_insn *,
3951 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
3952 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
3953 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3954
3955/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
3956 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
3957 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
3958 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
3959 the function is being declared as an int. */
3960DEFHOOK
3961(dwarf_calling_convention,
673c2f63
JM
3962 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
3963be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
3964value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
38f8b050
JR
3965 int, (const_tree function),
3966 hook_int_const_tree_0)
3967
3968/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
3969 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
3970 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
3971 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
3972 and
3973 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
3974 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
3975DEFHOOK
3976(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
673c2f63
JM
3977 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
3978contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
3979info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
3980@smallexample\n\
3981(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
3982@end smallexample\n\
3983and\n\
3984@smallexample\n\
3985(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
3986@end smallexample\n\
3987to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
3988the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
3989the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3990 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
3991
3992/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3993DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3994(stdarg_optimize_hook,
3995"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
3996 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
3997 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
355fe088 3998 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3999
4000/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4001 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4002 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4003DEFHOOK
4004(stack_protect_guard,
673c2f63
JM
4005 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4006for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4007runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4008that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4009variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4010\n\
4011The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4012@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
4013 tree, (void),
4014 default_stack_protect_guard)
4015
4016/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4017 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4018DEFHOOK
4019(stack_protect_fail,
673c2f63
JM
4020 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4021stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4022involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4023\n\
4024The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4025@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4026normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
4027 tree, (void),
4028 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4029
1d0216c8
RS
4030DEFHOOK
4031(can_use_doloop_p,
4032 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4033and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4034exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4035the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4036the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4037contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4038loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4039\n\
4040This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4041implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4042if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
807e902e 4043 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
1d0216c8 4044 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
807e902e 4045 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
1d0216c8 4046
38f8b050
JR
4047/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4048 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4049DEFHOOK
4050(invalid_within_doloop,
673c2f63
JM
4051 "\n\
4052Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4053low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4054could not be applied.\n\
4055\n\
4056Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4057instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4058the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4059By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4060loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
ac44248e 4061 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
38f8b050
JR
4062 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4063
78e4f1ad
UB
4064/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4065DEFHOOK
4066(legitimate_combined_insn,
4067"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4068 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4069 default is to accept all instructions.",
ac44248e
DM
4070 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4071 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
78e4f1ad 4072
38f8b050
JR
4073DEFHOOK
4074(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4075"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4076 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4077 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4078 bool, (const_tree decl),
4079 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4080
4081/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4082 value. */
4083DEFHOOKPOD
4084(const_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
4085 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4086a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4087is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4088is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4089subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4090the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4091available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4092constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4093down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4094@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4095accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4096value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4097MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4098@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4099is zero, which disables this optimization.",
38f8b050
JR
4100 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4101
5dcfdccd
KY
4102/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4103DEFHOOK
4104(memmodel_check,
673c2f63
JM
4105 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4106memory model bits are allowed.",
5dcfdccd
KY
4107 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4108
dfe06d3e
JJ
4109/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4110 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4111 supported by the target. */
4112DEFHOOK
4113(asan_shadow_offset,
4114 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4115Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4116supported by the target.",
4117 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4118 NULL)
4119
38f8b050
JR
4120/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4121/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4122HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4123
4124DEFHOOK
4125(promote_function_mode,
673c2f63
JM
4126 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4127function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4128and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4129change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4130pointer} types.\n\
4131\n\
4132@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4133return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4134@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4135If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4136which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4137then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4138the signedness may be different.\n\
4139\n\
4140@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4141\n\
4142The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4143also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4144if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
ef4bddc2 4145 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
38f8b050
JR
4146 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4147 default_promote_function_mode)
4148
4149DEFHOOK
4150(promote_prototypes,
673c2f63
JM
4151 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4152prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4153passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4154cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4155The default is to not promote prototypes.",
38f8b050
JR
4156 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4157 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4158
4159DEFHOOK
4160(struct_value_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4161 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4162address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4163passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4164be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4165hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4166argument.\n\
4167\n\
4168On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4169is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4170caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4171be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4172@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4173the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4174the caller.\n\
4175\n\
4176If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4177stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4178@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4179structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4180to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
38f8b050
JR
4181 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4182 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
e0d14c39
BS
4183
4184DEFHOOKPOD
4185(omit_struct_return_reg,
4186 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4187is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4188arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
9c582551 4189pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
e0d14c39
BS
4190undesirable on your target.",
4191 bool, false)
4192
38f8b050
JR
4193DEFHOOK
4194(return_in_memory,
673c2f63
JM
4195 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4196function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4197Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4198will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4199libcalls.\n\
4200\n\
4201Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4202by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4203takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4204possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4205definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4206values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4207\n\
4208Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4209be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4210to indicate this.",
38f8b050
JR
4211 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4212 default_return_in_memory)
4213
4214DEFHOOK
4215(return_in_msb,
673c2f63
JM
4216 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4217at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4218padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4219is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4220\n\
4221Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4222be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4223or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
42244-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4225@code{SImode} rtx.",
38f8b050
JR
4226 bool, (const_tree type),
4227 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4228
4229/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4230 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4231 from __builtin_va_arg. */
ec9f85e5 4232DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4233(pass_by_reference,
673c2f63
JM
4234 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4235position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4236predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4237passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4238\n\
4239If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4240pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4241The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4242to that type.",
38f8b050 4243 bool,
ef4bddc2 4244 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4245 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4246
4247DEFHOOK
4248(expand_builtin_saveregs,
673c2f63
JM
4249 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4250@code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4251beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4252return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4253to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
38f8b050
JR
4254 rtx, (void),
4255 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4256
4257/* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4258DEFHOOK
4259(setup_incoming_varargs,
673c2f63
JM
4260 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4261@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4262@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4263register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4264have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4265use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4266pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4267\n\
4268The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4269structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4270named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4271last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4272\n\
4273The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4274argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4275store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4276variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4277store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4278frame.\n\
4279\n\
4280Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4281compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4282@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4283have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4284for all data types.\n\
4285\n\
4286If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4287arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4288happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4289end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4290not generate any instructions in this case.",
ef4bddc2 4291 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4292 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4293 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4294
d5e254e1
IE
4295DEFHOOK
4296(load_bounds_for_arg,
4297 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4298@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4299bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4300memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4301memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4302constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4303should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4304 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4305 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4306
4307DEFHOOK
4308(store_bounds_for_arg,
4309 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4310@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4311@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4312memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4313memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4314constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4315should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4316 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4317 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4318
4319DEFHOOK
4320(load_returned_bounds,
4321 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4322returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4323loaded bounds.",
4324 rtx, (rtx slot),
4325 default_load_returned_bounds)
4326
4327DEFHOOK
4328(store_returned_bounds,
4329 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4330returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4331 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4332 default_store_returned_bounds)
4333
4334DEFHOOK
4335(setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4336 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4337into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4338@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4339 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, enum machine_mode mode, tree type,
4340 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4341 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4342
2f21e1ba
BS
4343DEFHOOK
4344(call_args,
4345 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4346for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4347@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4348before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4349function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4350@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4351invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4352This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4353registers if a target needs it.\n\
4354For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4355passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4356Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4357 void, (rtx, tree),
4358 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4359
4360DEFHOOK
4361(end_call_args,
4362 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4363just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4364signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4365emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4366Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4367 void, (void),
4368 hook_void_void)
4369
38f8b050
JR
4370DEFHOOK
4371(strict_argument_naming,
673c2f63
JM
4372 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4373argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4374\n\
4375This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4376is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4377@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4378arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4379but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4380then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4381except the last are treated as named.\n\
4382\n\
4383You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
d5cc9181 4384 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4385 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4386
4387/* Returns true if we should use
4388 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4389 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4390DEFHOOK
4391(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
673c2f63
JM
4392 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4393@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4394@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4395defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4396@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4397Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
d5cc9181 4398 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4399 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4400
4401/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4402 should be passed as two scalars. */
4403DEFHOOK
4404(split_complex_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4405 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4406as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4407arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4408to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4409AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4410registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4411point register.\n\
4412\n\
4413The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4414false.",
38f8b050
JR
4415 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4416
4417/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4418 but must be passed on the stack. */
4419/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4420 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4421DEFHOOK
4422(must_pass_in_stack,
673c2f63
JM
4423 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4424solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4425definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4426documentation.",
ef4bddc2 4427 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
38f8b050
JR
4428 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4429
4430/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4431 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4432 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4433DEFHOOK
4434(callee_copies,
673c2f63
JM
4435 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4436known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4437function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4438by the caller.\n\
4439\n\
4440For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4441determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4442not be generated.\n\
4443\n\
4444The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050 4445 bool,
ef4bddc2 4446 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4447 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4448
4449/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4450 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4451 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4452DEFHOOK
4453(arg_partial_bytes,
673c2f63
JM
4454 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4455argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4456arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4457pushed on the stack.\n\
4458\n\
4459On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4460registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4461first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4462on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4463structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4464in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4465compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4466\n\
4467@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4468register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4469@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
ef4bddc2 4470 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4471 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4472
4473/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4474 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4475 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4476DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4477(function_arg_advance,
673c2f63
JM
4478 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4479advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4480@var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4481the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4482argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4483\n\
4484This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4485on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4486used for arguments without any special help.",
38f8b050 4487 void,
ef4bddc2 4488 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4489 default_function_arg_advance)
4490
4491/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4492 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4493 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4494 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4495DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4496(function_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4497 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4498register and if so, which register.\n\
4499\n\
4500The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4501arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4502the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4503(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4504which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4505nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4506function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4507syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4508\n\
4509The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4510register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4511on the stack.\n\
4512\n\
d5e254e1
IE
4513The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4514passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4515should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4516@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4517for more information.\n\
4518\n\
673c2f63
JM
4519The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4520used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4521@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4522@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4523describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4524@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4525register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4526register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4527second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4528the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4529As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4530RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4531argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4532\n\
4533The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4534VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4535pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4536\n\
4537@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4538The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4539machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4540cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4541done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4542@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4543\n\
4544@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4545@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4546You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4547in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4548type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4549is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4550argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4551defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4552a register.",
ef4bddc2 4553 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4554 bool named),
4555 default_function_arg)
4556
b25b9e8f 4557DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4558(function_incoming_arg,
4a235312
L
4559 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4560views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4561functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4562and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
673c2f63 4563\n\
4a235312 4564In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
673c2f63
JM
4565which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4566@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4567fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4568arrive.\n\
4569\n\
4a235312
L
4570@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4571computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4572so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4573\n\
673c2f63
JM
4574If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4575@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
ef4bddc2 4576 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4577 bool named),
4578 default_function_incoming_arg)
4579
c2ed6cf8
NF
4580DEFHOOK
4581(function_arg_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4582 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4583with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4584@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
ef4bddc2 4585 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
c2ed6cf8
NF
4586 default_function_arg_boundary)
4587
123148b5
BS
4588DEFHOOK
4589(function_arg_round_boundary,
4590 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4591which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4592return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4593value.",
ef4bddc2 4594 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
123148b5
BS
4595 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4596
38f8b050
JR
4597/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4598 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4599DEFHOOK
4600(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
673c2f63
JM
4601 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4602illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4603with prototype @var{typelist}.",
38f8b050
JR
4604 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4605 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4606
4607/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4608 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4609DEFHOOK
4610(function_value,
673c2f63
JM
4611 "\n\
4612Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4613returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4614representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4615representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4616function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4617compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4618Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4619a function returns a value.\n\
4620\n\
4621On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4622(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4623place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4624@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4625The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4626multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4627@code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4628location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4629the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4630that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4631port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4632@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4633\n\
4634If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4635the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4636@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4637\n\
4638If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4639node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4640pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4641convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4642known.\n\
4643\n\
4644Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4645which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4646the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4647different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4648\n\
4649@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4650aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4651@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
38f8b050
JR
4652 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4653 default_function_value)
4654
d5e254e1
IE
4655/* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4656DEFHOOK
4657(chkp_function_value_bounds,
4658 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4659returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4660@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4661 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4662 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4663
38f8b050
JR
4664/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4665 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4666DEFHOOK
4667(libcall_value,
673c2f63
JM
4668 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4669function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4670\n\
4671The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4672library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4673representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4674\n\
4675If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
ef4bddc2 4676 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
38f8b050
JR
4677 default_libcall_value)
4678
4679/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4680 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4681DEFHOOK
4682(function_value_regno_p,
673c2f63
JM
4683 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4684register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4685\n\
4686A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4687second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4688recognized by this target hook.\n\
4689\n\
4690If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4691function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4692should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4693\n\
4694If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
38f8b050
JR
4695 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4696 default_function_value_regno_p)
4697
4698/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4699DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4700(internal_arg_pointer,
4701"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4702 current function.",
4703 rtx, (void),
4704 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4705
4706/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4707DEFHOOK
4708(update_stack_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4709 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4710necessary.",
38f8b050
JR
4711 void, (void), NULL)
4712
4713/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4714 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4715DEFHOOK
4716(get_drap_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4717 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4718different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4719argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4720is needed.",
38f8b050
JR
4721 rtx, (void), NULL)
4722
4723/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4724 stack. */
4725DEFHOOK
4726(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
673c2f63
JM
4727 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4728arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4729stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4730debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4731@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4732cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4733to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4734false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
38f8b050
JR
4735 bool, (void),
4736 hook_bool_void_true)
4737
c21df29b
RH
4738/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4739 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
38f8b050
JR
4740DEFHOOK
4741(static_chain,
673c2f63
JM
4742 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4743targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4744nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4745attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4746those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4747\n\
4748The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4749\n\
4750If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4751provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4752Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4753from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4754will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4755@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4756@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4757@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4758The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4759@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4760to refer to those items.",
c21df29b 4761 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
38f8b050
JR
4762 default_static_chain)
4763
4764/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4765 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4766DEFHOOK
4767(trampoline_init,
673c2f63
JM
4768 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4769@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4770is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4771RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4772when it is called.\n\
4773\n\
4774If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4775first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4776from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4777Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4778trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4779to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4780\n\
4781If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4782enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4783initializing the trampoline proper.",
38f8b050
JR
4784 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4785 default_trampoline_init)
4786
4787/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4788DEFHOOK
4789(trampoline_adjust_address,
673c2f63
JM
4790 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4791the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4792memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4793the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4794address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4795be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4796If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
38f8b050
JR
4797 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4798
4c640e26
EB
4799DEFHOOKPOD
4800(custom_function_descriptors,
4801 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
4802from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
4803standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
4804stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
4805code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
4806if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
4807like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
4808eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
4809it to be made executable.\n\
4810\n\
4811The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
4812scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
4813gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
4814with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
4815already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
4816 int, -1)
4817
38f8b050
JR
4818/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4819 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4820 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4821/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
893d13d5 4822DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4823(return_pops_args,
673c2f63
JM
4824 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4825a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4826and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4827\n\
4828@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4829the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4830@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4831From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4832\n\
4833@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4834describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4835@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4836From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4837arguments (if known).\n\
4838\n\
4839When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4840will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4841you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4842by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4843a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4844in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4845\n\
4846@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4847stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4848argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4849\n\
4850On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4851of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4852calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4853the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4854convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4855arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4856nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4857@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4858number of arguments.",
38f8b050
JR
4859 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4860 default_return_pops_args)
4861
ffa88471
SE
4862/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4863 returned. */
4864DEFHOOK
4865(get_raw_result_mode,
4866 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4867 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4868 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4869 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4870 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4871
4872/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4873 passed. */
4874DEFHOOK
4875(get_raw_arg_mode,
4876 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
4877 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
4878 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4879 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4880 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4881
38f8b050
JR
4882HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
4883
bcb21886
KY
4884DEFHOOK
4885(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
4886 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
4887for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
4888 bool, (void),
4889 hook_bool_void_false)
4890
4891DEFHOOK
4892(init_pic_reg,
4893 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
4894This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
4895 void, (void),
4896 hook_void_void)
4897
38f8b050
JR
4898/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
4899 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
4900DEFHOOK
4901(invalid_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
4902 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4903invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4904if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4905 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
4906 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4907
4908/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
4909 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
4910DEFHOOK
4911(invalid_unary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4912 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4913invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
4914@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4915if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4916 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
4917 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
4918
4919/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
4920 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
4921DEFHOOK
4922(invalid_binary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4923 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4924invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
4925and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4926the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4927 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
4928 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4929
38f8b050
JR
4930/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
4931 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
4932 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
4933DEFHOOK
4934(promoted_type,
673c2f63
JM
4935 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
4936@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
4937analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
4938front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
4939target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
4940This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4941 tree, (const_tree type),
4942 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
4943
4944/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
4945 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
4946 the standard conversion rules. */
4947DEFHOOK
4948(convert_to_type,
673c2f63
JM
4949 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
4950@var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
4951or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
4952This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
4953conversion rules.\n\
4954This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4955 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
4956 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
4957
5074a1f8
VM
4958/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
4959DEFHOOK
4960(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
4961 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
31e2b5a3 4962 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5074a1f8
VM
4963 \n\
4964 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
31e2b5a3 4965 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5074a1f8
VM
4966 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
4967
55a2c322
VM
4968/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
4969DEFHOOK
4970(lra_p,
4971 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
55a2c322 4972 \
f37cb70b 4973 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
48975b3d 4974 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
55a2c322
VM
4975 bool, (void),
4976 default_lra_p)
4977
4978/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
4979DEFHOOK
4980(register_priority,
4981 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
4982 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
4983 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
4984 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
4985 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
4986 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
4987 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
4988 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
4989 \
4990 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
4991 int, (int),
4992 default_register_priority)
4993
3b9ceb4b
VM
4994/* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
4995DEFHOOK
4996(register_usage_leveling_p,
4997 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
4998 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
4999 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5000 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5001 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5002 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5003 optimizations.\
5004 \
5005 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5006 bool, (void),
5007 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5008
55a2c322
VM
5009/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5010DEFHOOK
5011(different_addr_displacement_p,
5012 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5013 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5014 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5015 the insn.\
5016 \
5017 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5018 bool, (void),
5019 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5020
5021/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5022 instead of memory. */
5023DEFHOOK
5024(spill_class,
5025 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5026 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5027 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5028 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
ef4bddc2 5029 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
55a2c322
VM
5030 NULL)
5031
42e37616
DM
5032DEFHOOK
5033(cstore_mode,
5034 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5035 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5036 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5037 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5038 patterns.",
ef4bddc2 5039 machine_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
42e37616
DM
5040 default_cstore_mode)
5041
d9886a9e
L
5042/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5043 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5044DEFHOOK
5045(member_type_forces_blk,
673c2f63
JM
5046 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5047be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5048\n\
5049If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5050mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5051case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5052retain the field's mode.\n\
5053\n\
5054Normally, this is not needed.",
ef4bddc2 5055 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
d9886a9e
L
5056 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5057
e72531b9
PK
5058/* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5059 that gate the divod transform. */
5060DEFHOOK
5061(expand_divmod_libfunc,
5062 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5063hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5064 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5065 NULL)
5066
38f8b050
JR
5067/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5068DEFHOOK
5069(secondary_reload,
673c2f63
JM
5070 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5071from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5072@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5073from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5074term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5075directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5076register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5077destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5078source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5079reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5080and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5081intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5082\n\
5083Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5084allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5085register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5086address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5087when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5088as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5089that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5090describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5091these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5092of the scratch register(s).\n\
5093\n\
5094In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5095\n\
5096For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5097and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5098@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5099hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5100needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5101\n\
5102If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5103an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5104return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5105If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5106If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5107that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5108\n\
5109If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5110perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5111closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5112required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5113copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5114\n\
5115You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5116in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5117and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5118for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5119single-register-class\n\
5120@c [later: or memory]\n\
5121output constraint.\n\
5122\n\
5123When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5124hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5125register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5126have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5127\n\
5128@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5129@c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5130@c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5131@c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5132@c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5133@c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5134@c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5135@c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5136\n\
5137\n\
5138@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5139pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5140Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5141in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5142\n\
5143Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5144currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5145to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5146\n\
5147@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5148copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5149(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5150Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5151of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5152forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
a87cf97e 5153 reg_class_t,
ef4bddc2 5154 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
38f8b050
JR
5155 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5156 default_secondary_reload)
5157
fba42e24
AS
5158/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5159 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5160DEFHOOK
5161(preferred_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5162 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5163to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5164@var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5165another, smaller class.\n\
5166\n\
5167The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5168\n\
5169Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5170example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5171for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5172@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5173Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5174\n\
5175One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5176@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5177loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5178force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5179immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5180instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5181register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5182@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5183into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5184@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5185of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5186\n\
5187If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5188through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5189to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5190reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5191this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5192the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
fba42e24
AS
5193 reg_class_t,
5194 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5195 default_preferred_reload_class)
5196
abd26bfb
AS
5197/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5198 input reloads. */
5199DEFHOOK
5200(preferred_output_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5201 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5202input reloads.\n\
5203\n\
5204The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5205argument.\n\
5206\n\
5207You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5208reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
abd26bfb
AS
5209 reg_class_t,
5210 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5211 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5212
07b8f0a8
AS
5213DEFHOOK
5214(class_likely_spilled_p,
673c2f63
JM
5215 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5216to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5217registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5218\n\
5219The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5220has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5221default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5222i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5223can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5224\n\
5225This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5226transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5227pressure.",
07b8f0a8
AS
5228 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5229 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5230
a8c44c52
AS
5231/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5232 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5233DEFHOOK
5234(class_max_nregs,
673c2f63
JM
5235 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5236of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5237\n\
5238This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,\n\
5239the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5240@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5241@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5242values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5243\n\
5244This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5245in the reload pass.\n\
5246\n\
5247The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5248in words.",
ef4bddc2 5249 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
a8c44c52
AS
5250 default_class_max_nregs)
5251
5f286f4a
YQ
5252DEFHOOK
5253(preferred_rename_class,
5254 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5255 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
6d3fbe2f
JR
5256 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5257 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5f286f4a
YQ
5258 is not implemented.\
5259 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5260 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5261 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5262 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5263 be reduced.",
5264 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5265 default_preferred_rename_class)
5266
d6220b11
KK
5267/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5268 during register allocation. */
5269DEFHOOK
5270(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5271 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5272substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5273register allocation.\n\
5274The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5275On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5276machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5277as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5278 bool, (rtx subst),
5279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5280
14133a4d
KK
5281/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5282 displacement addressing. */
5283DEFHOOK
5284(legitimize_address_displacement,
5285 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5286legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5287at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5288The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5289This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5290addressing.",
5291 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5292 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5293
38f8b050
JR
5294/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5295 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5296DEFHOOK
5297(expand_to_rtl_hook,
673c2f63
JM
5298 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5299to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5300For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5301for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5302registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5303usage.",
38f8b050
JR
5304 void, (void),
5305 hook_void_void)
5306
5307/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5308 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5309 but will be later. */
5310DEFHOOK
5311(instantiate_decls,
673c2f63
JM
5312 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5313that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
38f8b050
JR
5314 void, (void),
5315 hook_void_void)
5316
5317/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5318 in peephole2. */
5319DEFHOOK
5320(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
673c2f63
JM
5321 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5322@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5323\n\
5324One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5325is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5326\n\
5327The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5328 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5329 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5330
5331/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5332 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5333DEFHOOK
5334(case_values_threshold,
673c2f63
JM
5335 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5336is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5337The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5338five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
38f8b050
JR
5339 unsigned int, (void),
5340 default_case_values_threshold)
5341
53680238 5342/* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
38f8b050
JR
5343DEFHOOK
5344(frame_pointer_required,
673c2f63
JM
5345 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5346a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5347value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5348\n\
5349This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5350according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5351constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5352to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5353Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5354pointer.\n\
5355\n\
5356In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5357without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5358automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
53680238 5359@code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
673c2f63
JM
5360them.\n\
5361\n\
5362In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5363register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5364fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5365\n\
5366Default return value is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5367 bool, (void),
5368 hook_bool_void_false)
5369
5370/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5371 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5372DEFHOOK
5373(can_eliminate,
53680238 5374 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
673c2f63 5375try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
53680238
BE
5376@var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5377cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
673c2f63
JM
5378knows about.\n\
5379\n\
5380Default return value is @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5381 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5382 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5383
5efd84c5
NF
5384/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5385 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5386 target. */
5387DEFHOOK
5388(conditional_register_usage,
673c2f63
JM
5389 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5390@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5391@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5392any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
527a3750 5393of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
673c2f63
JM
5394@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5395@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5396called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5397@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5398from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5399@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5400@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5401@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5402command options have been applied.\n\
5403\n\
5404@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5405@cindex controlling register usage\n\
5406If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5407flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5408@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
b48e9677
RS
5409registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5410@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5411that shouldn't be used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
5412\n\
5413(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5414of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5415controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5416these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5efd84c5
NF
5417 void, (void),
5418 hook_void_void)
5419
38f8b050
JR
5420/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5421#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5422#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5423HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5424
5425/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5426DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5427(mode_for_suffix,
5428"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5429 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
ef4bddc2 5430 machine_mode, (char c),
38f8b050
JR
5431 default_mode_for_suffix)
5432
5433HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5434
5435/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5436#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5437#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5438HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5439
5440/* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5441DEFHOOK
5442(guard_type,
673c2f63
JM
5443 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5444These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5445default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
38f8b050
JR
5446 tree, (void),
5447 default_cxx_guard_type)
5448
5449/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5450DEFHOOK
5451(guard_mask_bit,
673c2f63
JM
5452 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5453@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5454@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5455 bool, (void),
5456 hook_bool_void_false)
5457
5458/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5459DEFHOOK
5460(get_cookie_size,
673c2f63
JM
5461 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5462whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5463known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5464@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5465IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
38f8b050
JR
5466 tree, (tree type),
5467 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5468
5469/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5470DEFHOOK
5471(cookie_has_size,
673c2f63
JM
5472 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5473array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5474 bool, (void),
5475 hook_bool_void_false)
5476
5477/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5478 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5479DEFHOOK
5480(import_export_class,
673c2f63
JM
5481 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5482class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5483will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5484to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5485modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5486backend's targeted operating system.",
38f8b050
JR
5487 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5488
5489/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5490DEFHOOK
5491(cdtor_returns_this,
673c2f63
JM
5492 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5493the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5494@code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5495 bool, (void),
5496 hook_bool_void_false)
5497
5498/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5499 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5500 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5501DEFHOOK
5502(key_method_may_be_inline,
673c2f63
JM
5503 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5504which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5505table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5506Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5507the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5508some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5509method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5510 bool, (void),
5511 hook_bool_void_true)
5512
5513DEFHOOK
5514(determine_class_data_visibility,
5515"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5516 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5517 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5518 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5519 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5520 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5521 void, (tree decl),
5522 hook_void_tree)
5523
5524/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5525 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5526 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5527 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5528 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5529DEFHOOK
5530(class_data_always_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5531 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5532similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5533external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5534classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5535unit will not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5536 bool, (void),
5537 hook_bool_void_true)
5538
5539/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5540 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5541 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5542DEFHOOK
5543(library_rtti_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5544 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5545the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5546be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5547 bool, (void),
5548 hook_bool_void_true)
5549
5550/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5551 destructors. */
5552DEFHOOK
5553(use_aeabi_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5554 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5555should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5556is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
38f8b050
JR
5557 bool, (void),
5558 hook_bool_void_false)
5559
5560/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5561 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5562DEFHOOK
5563(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5564 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5565in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5566destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5567shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5568unloaded. The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
5569 bool, (void),
5570 hook_bool_void_false)
5571
5572DEFHOOK
5573(adjust_class_at_definition,
5574"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5575 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5576 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5577 void, (tree type),
5578 hook_void_tree)
5579
5b880ea6
RO
5580DEFHOOK
5581(decl_mangling_context,
5582 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5583 tree, (const_tree decl),
5584 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5585
38f8b050
JR
5586HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5587
5588/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5589#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5590#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5591HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5592
5593/* Name of the address and common functions. */
5594DEFHOOKPOD
5595(get_address,
673c2f63
JM
5596 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5597object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5598emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5599 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5600
5601DEFHOOKPOD
5602(register_common,
673c2f63
JM
5603 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5604program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5605initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5606have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5607registration function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5608 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5609
5610/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5611DEFHOOKPOD
5612(var_section,
673c2f63
JM
5613 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5614be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5615any section.",
38f8b050
JR
5616 const char *, NULL)
5617
5618DEFHOOKPOD
5619(tmpl_section,
673c2f63
JM
5620 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5621placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5622section.",
38f8b050
JR
5623 const char *, NULL)
5624
5625/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5626DEFHOOKPOD
5627(var_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5628 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5629The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5630 const char *, NULL)
5631
5632DEFHOOKPOD
5633(tmpl_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5634 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5635default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5636 const char *, NULL)
5637
5638/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5639DEFHOOK
5640(var_fields,
673c2f63
JM
5641 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
5642object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
5643@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
5644@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
5645for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
38f8b050
JR
5646 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
5647 default_emutls_var_fields)
5648
5649/* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
5650DEFHOOK
5651(var_init,
673c2f63
JM
5652 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
5653TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
5654is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
5655initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
38f8b050
JR
5656 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
5657 default_emutls_var_init)
5658
5659/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
5660 proxy variable. */
5661DEFHOOKPOD
5662(var_align_fixed,
673c2f63
JM
5663 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
5664fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
5665single objects. The default is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5666 bool, false)
5667
5668/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
5669DEFHOOKPOD
5670(debug_form_tls_address,
673c2f63
JM
5671 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
5672may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
38f8b050
JR
5673 bool, false)
5674
5675HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
5676
5677#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5678#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
5679HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
5680
7aa7f2e3
SL
5681/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
5682 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
5683 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
38f8b050
JR
5684DEFHOOK
5685(valid_attribute_p,
673c2f63
JM
5686 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
5687allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
5688These function-specific options may differ\n\
5689from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
5690@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
5691\n\
5692The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
5693the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
5694@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
38f8b050
JR
5695 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
5696 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
5697
5698/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
5699DEFHOOK
5700(save,
673c2f63
JM
5701 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
5702in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
bf7b5747 5703options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
673c2f63 5704@xref{Option file format}.",
bf7b5747 5705 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
5706
5707/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
5708 structure. */
5709DEFHOOK
5710(restore,
673c2f63
JM
5711 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
5712information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
bf7b5747
ST
5713function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
5714 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
38f8b050 5715
59913123
JJ
5716/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
5717 streamed in. */
5718DEFHOOK
5719(post_stream_in,
5720 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
5721@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
5722LTO bytecode.",
5723 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5724
38f8b050
JR
5725/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
5726 structure. */
5727DEFHOOK
5728(print,
673c2f63
JM
5729 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
5730information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5731function-specific options.",
38f8b050
JR
5732 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5733
7aa7f2e3 5734/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
38f8b050
JR
5735 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
5736 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
5737 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
56cb42ea 5738DEFHOOK
38f8b050 5739(pragma_parse,
673c2f63
JM
5740 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
5741sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
5742input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
5743@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
38f8b050
JR
5744 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
5745 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
5746
5747/* Do option overrides for the target. */
5748DEFHOOK
5749(override,
673c2f63
JM
5750 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
5751a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
5752@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
5753once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
5754\n\
5755Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
5756@option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
5757\n\
5758If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
5759changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
5760@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
38f8b050 5761 void, (void),
c5387660 5762 hook_void_void)
38f8b050 5763
3649b9b7
ST
5764/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
5765 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
5766 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
5767 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
5768DEFHOOK
5769(function_versions,
673c2f63
JM
5770 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
5771versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
5772versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
5773different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
5774different target machines.",
3649b9b7
ST
5775 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
5776 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
5777
38f8b050
JR
5778/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
5779#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5780#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5781DEFHOOK
5782(can_inline_p,
673c2f63
JM
5783 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
5784cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
5785default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
5786specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
38f8b050
JR
5787 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
5788 default_target_can_inline_p)
5789
63b0cb04
CB
5790DEFHOOK
5791(relayout_function,
5792"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
5793 void, (tree fndecl),
5794 hook_void_tree)
5795
38f8b050
JR
5796HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
5797
5798/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
5799 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
5800 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
5801DEFHOOK
5802(extra_live_on_entry,
673c2f63
JM
5803 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
5804function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
5805cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
5806registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
5807TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
5808FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
38f8b050
JR
5809 void, (bitmap regs),
5810 hook_void_bitmap)
5811
aaeaa9a9 5812/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
73b3e61b
TV
5813 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
5814 definition. */
aaeaa9a9
RO
5815DEFHOOKPOD
5816(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
73b3e61b
TV
5817 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
5818clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
5819That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
5820linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
5821modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
5822in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
5823The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
1e288103 5824is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
aaeaa9a9
RO
5825 bool,
5826 false)
5827
ee3d2ecd
JJ
5828/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
5829DEFHOOK
5830(set_up_by_prologue,
5831 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
5832 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
5833 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
5834 NULL)
5835
d45eae79
SL
5836/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
5837 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
5838 function attribute. */
5839DEFHOOK
5840(warn_func_return,
5841 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
5842 bool, (tree),
5843 hook_bool_tree_true)
5844
20a6ece0
SB
5845#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5846#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
5847HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
5848
5849DEFHOOK
5850(get_separate_components,
5851 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
5852components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
5853Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
5854shrink-wrapping.\n\
5855Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
5856If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
5857 sbitmap, (void),
5858 NULL)
5859
5860DEFHOOK
5861(components_for_bb,
5862 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
5863components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
5864the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
5865 sbitmap, (basic_block),
5866 NULL)
5867
5868DEFHOOK
5869(disqualify_components,
5870 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
5871components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
5872@var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
5873epilogue instead.",
5874 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
5875 NULL)
5876
5877DEFHOOK
5878(emit_prologue_components,
5879 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
5880 void, (sbitmap),
5881 NULL)
5882
5883DEFHOOK
5884(emit_epilogue_components,
5885 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
5886 void, (sbitmap),
5887 NULL)
5888
5889DEFHOOK
5890(set_handled_components,
5891 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
5892@code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
5893components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
5894will be deleted after this call.",
5895 void, (sbitmap),
5896 NULL)
5897
5898HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
5899#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5900#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5901
f0a0390e
RH
5902/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
5903DEFHOOK
5904(debug_unwind_info,
673c2f63
JM
5905 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
5906unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
5907@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
5908return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
5909\n\
5910A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
5911is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
5912\n\
5913A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
5914This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
f0a0390e
RH
5915 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
5916 default_debug_unwind_info)
5917
c354951b
AK
5918/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
5919 defined at this time. */
5920DEFHOOK
5921(canonicalize_comparison,
673c2f63
JM
5922 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
5923convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
5924does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
5925comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
5926\n\
5927On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
5928@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
5929are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
5930@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
5931allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
5932in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
5933allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
5934\n\
5935GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
5936valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
5937@file{md} file.\n\
5938\n\
5939You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
5940comparison code or operands.",
c354951b
AK
5941 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
5942 default_canonicalize_comparison)
5943
894d8b41
EB
5944DEFHOOK
5945(min_arithmetic_precision,
5946 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
5947maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
5948arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
5949\n\
5950On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
5951using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
5952of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
5953\n\
5954More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
5955compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
5956with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
5957\n\
5958You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
5959defined to 1.",
5960 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
5961
57c5ab1b
RH
5962DEFHOOKPOD
5963(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
5964 "This value should be set if the result written by\
5965 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
5966 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
5967 unsigned char, 1)
267bac10 5968
fceec4d3
AM
5969/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
5970 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
5971 as needed. */
5972DEFHOOK
5973(atomic_align_for_mode,
5974"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
5975 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
5976 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
ef4bddc2 5977 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
fceec4d3
AM
5978 hook_uint_mode_0)
5979
267bac10
JM
5980DEFHOOK
5981(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
5982"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
5983 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
5984 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
5985 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
5986 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
5987 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
5988 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
5989 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
5990 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
5991 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
5992 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
5993 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
5994 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
5995 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
5996 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
5997 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
5998 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
5999
38f8b050
JR
6000/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6001
38f8b050
JR
6002/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6003 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6004DEFHOOKPOD
6005(have_switchable_bss_sections,
673c2f63
JM
6006 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6007section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6008This is true on most ELF targets.",
38f8b050
JR
6009 bool, false)
6010
6011/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6012 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6013DEFHOOKPOD
6014(have_ctors_dtors,
673c2f63
JM
6015 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6016collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6017It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
38f8b050
JR
6018 bool, false)
6019
6020/* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6021DEFHOOKPOD
6022(have_tls,
673c2f63
JM
6023 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6024The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
6025 bool, false)
6026
6027/* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6028DEFHOOKPOD
6029(have_srodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
6030 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6031``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
6032 bool, false)
6033
6034/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6035DEFHOOKPOD
6036(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
673c2f63
JM
6037 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6038end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6039Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6040true otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
6041 bool, true)
6042
6043/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6044DEFHOOKPOD
6045(asm_file_start_app_off,
673c2f63
JM
6046 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6047printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6048@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6049to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6050definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6051assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6052whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6053\n\
6054The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6055verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6056comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
38f8b050
JR
6057 bool, false)
6058
6059/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6060 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6061DEFHOOKPOD
6062(asm_file_start_file_directive,
673c2f63
JM
6063 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6064for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6065@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6066this to be done. The default is false.",
38f8b050 6067 bool, false)
38f8b050
JR
6068
6069/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6070 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6071DEFHOOKPOD
6072(arm_eabi_unwinder,
673c2f63
JM
6073 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6074based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6075the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6076running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
6077 bool, false)
6078
9730bc27
TT
6079DEFHOOKPOD
6080(want_debug_pub_sections,
6081 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6082 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6083 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6084 bool, false)
6085
2ba42841 6086DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 6087(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
6088This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6089bool, false)
6090
6091DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 6092(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
6093This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6094bool, false)
6095
a50fa76a
BS
6096DEFHOOKPOD
6097(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6098following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6099targets.",
6100bool, false)
6101
38f8b050
JR
6102/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6103
06b90602
CB
6104/* Functions related to mode switching. */
6105#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6106#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6107HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6108
6109DEFHOOK
6110(emit,
cbb1e3d9
CB
6111 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6112 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6113
6114DEFHOOK
6115(needed,
cbb1e3d9 6116 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 6117 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6118
6119DEFHOOK
6120(after,
6121 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
ac44248e 6122 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6123
6124DEFHOOK
6125(entry,
6126 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6127 int, (int entity), NULL)
6128
6129DEFHOOK
6130(exit,
6131 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6132 int, (int entity), NULL)
6133
6134DEFHOOK
6135(priority,
6136 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6137 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6138
6139HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6140
4bccb39e
RS
6141#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6142#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6143
6144#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6145 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6146#include "target-insns.def"
6147#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6148
6149#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6150 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6151#include "target-insns.def"
6152#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6153
8684d89d
RS
6154#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6155 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6156#include "target-insns.def"
6157#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6158
38f8b050
JR
6159/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6160HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
06b90602 6161